Ihre E-Mail wurde erfolgreich gesendet. Bitte prüfen Sie Ihren Maileingang.

Leider ist ein Fehler beim E-Mail-Versand aufgetreten. Bitte versuchen Sie es erneut.

Vorgang fortführen?

Exportieren
Filter
  • BSZ  (225)
  • Dordrecht : Springer
  • Social sciences  (94)
  • Electronic books  (69)
  • Philosophy and science.  (66)
Datenlieferant
Materialart
Sprache
Erscheinungszeitraum
Schlagwörter
  • 1
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789402412901
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 359 Seiten)
    Serie: International handbooks of population volume 8
    Serie: International handbooks of population
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 304.6
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Sociology ; Demography ; Sex (Psychology) ; Gender expression ; Gender identity ; Social Sciences ; Demography ; Gender Studies ; Sociology, general
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (URL des Erstveröffentlichers)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9789402408294
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XX, 280 p. 16 illus, online resource)
    Serie: Children’s Well-Being: Indicators and Research 14
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Social Sciences
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Paralleltitel: Printed edition
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Child development ; Social work ; Well-being ; Children ; Psychology ; Social Sciences ; Kind ; Wohlbefinden
    Kurzfassung: The book presented here describes an outstanding attempt, not only to include children’s views but to partner with children to develop the concept of well-being and to study the phenomenon as the children understand it. The authors do this by placing the concept of children’s well-being within the existing discourses on the topic and by developing their unique theoretical approach to the concept. Then, and based on what children told them, the authors identify different domains and dimensions of children’s well-being and touch upon its multifaceted nature. The book concludes with drawing research and policy implications from an integrated summary of the study’s findings and lists indicator concepts that present an alternative framework and conceptualisation of well-being from a child standpoint
    Kurzfassung: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I -- Chapter 1. Tracing Conceptualizations of Well-Being: Locating the Child in Well-Being Discourse -- Chapter 2. Researching Children’s Understandings of Well-Being -- Part II -- Chapter 3. Overviewing a Child Standpoint on Well-Being -- Chapter 4. Agency, Autonomy and Asymmetry in Child-Adult Relations -- Chapter 5. Safety and Ontological Insecurity: Contesting the Meaning of Child Protection -- Chapter 6. Self, Identity and Well-Being -- Part III -- Chapter 7. Activities as Autonomy and Competence: The Meaning and Experience of Leisure for Well-Being -- Chapter 8. Money, Markets and Moral Identity: Exploring Children’s Understandings and Experiences of Economic Well-Being -- Chapter 9. Children’s Health and Well-Being -- Part IV.-Chapter 10. Findings and Conclusions on Well-Being from the Unique Vantage Point of Children -- Appendix
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 3
    ISBN: 9789401775830
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XV, 169 p. 11 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Social Sciences
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Douglas, Emily M., 1973 - Child maltreatment fatalities in the United States
    Paralleltitel: Printed edition
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Maternal and child health services ; Criminology ; Social work ; Child psychology ; School psychology ; Social Sciences ; USA ; Kindesmisshandlung ; Kindesvernachlässigung ; Tötung ; Prävention ; USA ; Kindesmisshandlung ; Kindesvernachlässigung ; Tötung ; Prävention
    Kurzfassung: This book focuses on the prevention of child abuse and neglect deaths in the U.S. In 2013 1,520 children died from maltreatment. This book defines child maltreatment fatalities (CMFs) and discusses the prevalence of deaths in the U.S. over the last several decades. It addresses the known risk factors for maltreatment deaths including child, parent, the parent-child relationship, and household risk factors. The main focus of the book addresses the responses and interventions that have been put in place in order to prevent CMFs: the child welfare profession, child death review teams, safe haven laws, criminal justice responses, public education, and new, federal efforts in the U.S. to reduce CMFs in the U.S. The book finishes by making recommendations for researchers, practitioners, and decision-makers about how to prevent fatal maltreatment among children in the U.S
    Kurzfassung: Chapter 1. Introduction and Justification for the Book -- Chapter 2: What is Fatal Child Maltreatment -- Chapter 3. Risk Factors for Fatal Child Maltreatment -- Chapter 4. The Intersection of the Child Welfare Profession and Maltreatment Fatalities -- Chapter 5. Child Death Review Teams -- Chapter 6. State Safe Haven Laws -- Chapter 7. Criminal Justice and Legal Reforms in Response to Fatal Maltreatment -- Chapter 8. Prevention of Fatal Child Maltreatment: What Are We Doing That Is Working? -- Chapter 9. Conclusions and Recommendations Moving Forward in the Arena of Fatal Child Maltreatment
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 4
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401798976 , 9401798966
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 821 Seiten)
    Serie: International Handbooks of Quality-of-Life
    Serie: International Handbooks of Quality-Of-Life Ser.
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306
    Schlagwort(e): Quality of Life_xResearch ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Intro -- Contents -- Part I: Introduction -- 1: Uncovering the Complexities of the Relationship Between Women and Well-Being in the Workplace: An Introduction -- Part I - Introduction -- Part II - Gender, Social Group Hierarchy, and Well-Being of Working Women -- Part III - Women Leaders and Well-Being -- Part IV - Professional Context and the Well-Being of Working Women -- Part V - Public Policy, Organizational Policy and Societal Influences on the Well-Being of Working Women -- Part VI - Cross-Cultural and Country-Specific Context and the Well-Being of Working Women: A Global Perspective -- Part VII - Epilogue -- Conclusion -- References -- Part II: Gender, Social Group Hierarchy, and Well-Being of Working Women -- 2: Workplace Discrimination and the Wellbeing of Minority Women: Overview, Prospects, and Implications -- Introduction -- Discrimination and Wellbeing in the Workplace -- Discrimination and Health Influences -- Resource Deficits and Illness Vulnerability -- Minority Women and Discrimination -- Tokenism and Stereotypes -- Workplace Harassment -- Minority Women, Discrimination and Wellbeing -- Organizational and Individual Interventions for Minority Women Wellbeing -- Organizational Level -- Individual Level -- Conclusion -- References -- 3: Fat Women Need Not Apply: Employment Weight Discrimination Against Women -- Fat Women Need Not Apply: Weight Discrimination in Employment Against Women -- Research on Weight Discrimination in Employment -- Perceived Employment Discrimination -- Weight-Related Wage Penalty -- Legal Protection -- Weight Prejudice -- Employer Justifications -- Practical Implications -- Future Research Directions -- Conclusion -- References -- 4: Countering Heteronormativity -- Lesbians and Wellbeing in the Workplace -- Introduction and Background -- Sexual Orientation and Research in the Organisational Context.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents; Part I: Introduction; 1: Uncovering the Complexities of the Relationship Between Women and Well-Being in the Workplace: An Introduction; Part I - Introduction; Part II - Gender, Social Group Hierarchy, and Well-Being of Working Women; Part III - Women Leaders and Well-Being; Part IV - Professional Context and the Well-Being of Working Women; Part V - Public Policy, Organizational Policy and Societal Influences on the Well-Being of Working Women; Part VI - Cross-Cultural and Country-Specific Context and the Well-Being of Working Women: A Global Perspective; Part VII - Epilogue
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ConclusionReferences; Part II: Gender, Social Group Hierarchy, and Well-Being of Working Women ; 2: Workplace Discrimination and the Wellbeing of Minority Women: Overview, Prospects, and Implications; Introduction; Discrimination and Wellbeing in the Workplace; Discrimination and Health Influences; Resource Deficits and Illness Vulnerability; Minority Women and Discrimination; Tokenism and Stereotypes; Workplace Harassment; Minority Women, Discrimination and Wellbeing; Organizational and Individual Interventions for Minority Women Wellbeing; Organizational Level; Individual Level
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ConclusionReferences; 3: Fat Women Need Not Apply: Employment Weight Discrimination Against Women; Fat Women Need Not Apply: Weight Discrimination in Employment Against Women; Research on Weight Discrimination in Employment; Perceived Employment Discrimination; Weight-Related Wage Penalty; Legal Protection; Weight Prejudice; Employer Justifications; Practical Implications; Future Research Directions; Conclusion; References; 4: Countering Heteronormativity; Lesbians and Wellbeing in the Workplace; Introduction and Background
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Sexual Orientation and Research in the Organisational Context Queer Performance and Lesbian Identity; Experiences of Butch Lesbians in Negotiating Identity in the Interview Context; Intersectionality; Conclusions and Directions for Further Research; Suggested Further Reading; References; 5: "Women Like You Keep Women Like Me Down": Understanding Intergenerational Conflict and Work-Life Balance from a Discourse Perspective; A Communication Perspective; Work-Life Balance; Life Cycle Theory; Generational Differences Around Work-Life Balance
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Deconstructing Intergenerational Discord: Preliminary FindingsRevisiting the Context for Conflict: The Gendered Workplace; Expanding the Research Agenda for Work-Life; Rethinking Intergenerational Conflict as Rejection of the Gendered Workplace; Self-Employment; A Partial Return to the Workforce; Rejection of Current Workplace; Conclusion; References; 6: Sexual Harassment: Undermining the Wellbeing of Working Women; Definitions of Sexual Harassment; United States Legal Definition; Legal Definitions Across National Contexts; Definitions in Social Science
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Prevalence of Sexual Harassment
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 5
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401772037
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (623 Seiten)
    Serie: International handbooks of quality-of-life
    Serie: International Handbooks of Quality-Of-Life Ser.
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Handbook of Happiness Research in Latin America
    DDC: 300
    Schlagwort(e): Quality of Life_xResearch ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This book presents original happiness research from and about a region that shows unexpectedly high levels of happiness. Even when Latin American countries cannot be classified as high-income countries their population do enjoy, on average, high happiness levels. The book draws attention to some important factors that contribute to the happiness of people, such as: relational values, human relations, solidarity networks, the role of the family, and the availability and gratifying using of leisure time. In a world where happiness is acquiring greater relevance as a final social and personal aim both the academic community and the social-actors and policy-makers community would benefit from Happiness Research in Latin America. Mariano Rojas is Professor of Economics at Facultad Latinoamericana de Ciencias Sociales, Sede México and at Universidad Popular Autónoma del Estado de Puebla. He got his undergraduate degree in economics from Universidad de Costa Rica and his M.A. and Ph.D degrees in economics from The Ohio State University, United States. His areas of research are: Happiness, Subjective Well-Being, Quality of Life, Economic Development, and Applied Microeconomics. He has been a member of ISQOLS since 2000, and performed as vice-president of finance from 2007 to 2008 and as vice-president of external affairs from 2011 to 2012. In 2009 he was awarded ISQOLS' Research Fellow Award as well as JOHS' Outstanding Reviewer Award. Mariano Rojas coordinates the Mexican Initiative Measuring the Progress of Societies: A Perspective from Mexico. This initiative received the Best New Initiative Award by OECD Global Project on Measuring the Progress of Societies in 2009 at the Busan, Korea 3rd World Forum.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents; Contributors; 1: Happiness, Research, and Latin America; 1.1 Happiness; 1.1.1 Happiness Is Important; 1.1.2 Happiness Is an Ultimate Goal; 1.1.3 Happiness Motivates Human Action; 1.2 The Study of Happiness. The Old Traditions of Imputation and Presumption; 1.2.1 The Imputation Tradition; 1.2.2 The Presumption Tradition; 1.3 The Scientific Study of Happiness. Happiness Research; 1.3.1 Happiness Is a Life Experience of Being Well; 1.3.2 The Epistemology of Happiness. Knowing Happiness; 1.3.3 Measuring Happiness; 1.4 Happiness in Latin America; 1.4.1 The Region
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.4.2 Latin America Is a Happy Region. Is This a Paradox?1.5 Happiness Research in Latin America; 1.5.1 Researching Happiness in Latin America; 1.5.2 The Contributions in the Handbook; 1.6 Reconsideration of the Wealth of Nations; Bibliography; Part I: The Relevance of Latin American Happiness; 2: The Singularity of Latin American Patterns of Happiness; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Traditional View of Social Progress and Political Emergence of Subjective Indicators; 2.3 Inconsistency Comes into Play: The Curious Levels of Happiness in Latin America
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.4 Explaining ``Inconsistency´´ I: Individual Determinants of Happiness in Latin America2.5 Explaining ``Inconsistency´´ II: The Impact of Social Relations; 2.6 Overview: Consistency in the Indicators and Political Challenges; Bibliography; 3: The Social Psychology of Latin American Happiness; 3.1 Latin American Happiness; 3.2 Roots of Latin American Happiness: Small Traditional Villages; 3.3 From Andean Tradition to Modernity: Peri-urban Pueblos; 3.4 A Rural to Peri-urban Amazonian Corridor: Differences and Similarities with the Andes
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.5 Shantytowns: From Bucolic Happiness to Urban-Marginal Stress3.6 Urban Latin American Happiness Structure; 3.6.1 Optimistic Adaptation; 3.6.2 A Good Place to Live; 3.6.3 Home; 3.7 Conclusions: Latin American Happiness Processes; 3.7.1 Family and Social Relations; 3.7.2 Latin America: An Imperfect Place to Live, the Happy Adventure Park; 3.7.3 Optimistic Adaptation as a Key Feature of Latin American Happiness Adaptation; 3.7.4 Origins and Final Conclusions of Latin American Happiness; Bibliography; 4: The Relevance of Happiness: Choosing Between Development Paths in Latin America
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.1 Introduction4.2 Happiness Provides New Relevant Information; 4.2.1 Standard Economic Theory: Income and Well-Being; 4.2.2 The Limitations of Income as a Proxy for Well-Being. Findings from Happiness Research; 4.2.2.1 Persons Are Socially Immersed; 4.2.2.2 People May Raise Their Aspirations and Change Their Evaluation Norms; 4.2.2.3 People May Easily Adapt to the New Consumption Goods; 4.2.2.4 Bias Towards Economic Goods. No Consideration of Relational Goods; 4.2.2.5 Not All Needs Are Material. Human Beings Do Also Have Psychological Needs
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.2.2.6 There Is More to Life than the Standard of Living
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 6
    ISBN: 9789401773768
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (XX, 476 Seiten)
    Serie: Law, governance and technology series volume 24
    Serie: Law, Governance and Technology Ser. v.24
    Serie: Law, governance and technology series
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Data protection on the move
    DDC: 302.2
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy ; Electronic books ; Konferenzschrift ; Konferenzschrift ; Europäische Union ; Datenschutz
    Kurzfassung: Intro -- Preface -- Contents -- Mind the Air Gap -- Abstract -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Privacy Concerns for Domestic Robots -- 3 Why Privacy Need Not Be a Problem: Unravelling the Arguments -- 4 Mind the Air Gap: Prevention Rather Than Cure -- 5 Air Gaps and Domestic and Service Robots: A Look at the Issues -- 6 The Weaknesses of Air Gaps Revisited -- 7 Conclusion: A Plea for Privacy Before Design -- Bibliography -- Europe Versus Facebook: An Imbroglio of EU Data Protection Issues -- Abstract -- 1 Introduction -- 2 The Safe Harbor Program -- 3 Factual and Legal Background -- 4 Comment and Analysis -- 4.1 Article 3 of the Safe Harbor Agreement -- 4.2 The EU Data Protection Directive -- 4.3 The EU Charter -- 5 Additional Issues -- 5.1 What if There Is no Transfer? -- 5.2 What if Facebook Inc. Must Comply with the Directive Pursuant to Article 4? -- 5.3 Can the DPAs Enforce Their Decisions? -- 6 Conclusion -- The Context-Dependence of Citizens' Attitudes and Preferences Regarding Privacy and Security -- Abstract -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Measuring People's Perceptions of Security Technologies -- 2.1 Operationalization of Privacy -- 2.2 Operationalization of Security -- 2.3 Vignettes as a Tool for Contextualisation -- 2.4 Data Collection -- 3 Descriptive Results -- 4 Determinant of Citizen's Acceptance of Specific Surveillance Oriented Security Technologies -- 4.1 Methodology -- 4.2 Results -- 5 Discussion of Results and Conclusions -- Bibliography -- On Locational Privacy in the Absence of Anonymous Payments -- Abstract -- 1 Introduction -- 2 Overview -- 2.1 Problem Space -- 2.2 Approach -- 2.3 Roaming -- 3 System Design -- 3.1 Group Signatures and XSGS -- 3.2 Bootstrapping the System -- 3.3 Setting up New Charging Stations -- 3.4 Decommission of Charging Stations -- 3.5 Ensuring Authenticity of Metering Data -- 3.6 Transmission of Metering Data.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 7
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401795050
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1 online resource)
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Paralleltitel: Print version Research in Early Childhood Science Education
    DDC: 372.35
    Schlagwort(e): Science Study and teaching (Preschool) ; Science ; Study and teaching (Early childhood) ; Science ; Study and teaching (Early childhood) ; Research ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This book emphasizes the significance of teaching science in early childhood classrooms, reviews the research on what young children are likely to know about science and provides key points on effectively teaching science to young children. Science education, an integral part of national and state standards for early childhood classrooms, encompasses not only content-based instruction but also process skills, creativity, experimentation and problem-solving. By introducing science in developmentally appropriate ways, we can support young children's sensory explorations of their world and provi
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword; Contents; Chapter 1: The Inclusion of Science in Early Childhood Classrooms; Science and the Early Childhood Years; Purpose and Rationale; Organization of Chapters; Closure; References; Chapter 2: Young Children's Motivation for Learning Science; Conceptualizing Motivation and Theoretical Frameworks; Children's Science Motivation During Preschool and the Early Grades; Children's Curiosity and Questions About Science; Children's Interest in Science Activities; Children's Motivational Beliefs About Learning Science; Changes in Science Motivation from the Early to Later Grades
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Experiences Shape Children's Motivation for Learning ScienceFew Opportunities to Engage in Meaningful Science; Low Disciplinary Integrity of Science Lessons; Science Is Often Not Recognizable in Science Lessons; Declines in Science Motivation and Misunderstanding the Nature of Science Are Not Inevitable; Measuring Young Children's Science Motivation; Methodological Approaches; Methodological Concerns; Methodological and Theoretical Advancements Needed for Research of Young Children's Science Motivation; Relevance of Science Motivation Research to Classroom Teaching Practices
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ReferencesChapter 3: Young Children's Ideas About Earth and Space Science Concepts; Earth Science Concepts; Rain and Clouds (Mechanism of Rain Fall); Wind; Thunder and Lightning; Summaries of Children's Understanding of Earth Science Concepts; Space Science Concepts; Shape of the Earth; Day and Night Cycle; Seasons; Lunar Concepts; Summaries of Children's Understanding of Space Science Concepts; Directions for Future Research; References; Chapter 4: Young Children's Ideas About Physical Science Concepts; Reviewing the Research Literature; Young Children' Ideas About Matter
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Young Children' Ideas About Heat and Temperature Young Children' Ideas About Evaporation, Condensation and the Water Cycle; Young Children' Ideas About Forces and Motion; Young Children' Ideas About Floating and Sinking; Young Children' Ideas About Electricity; Young Children' Ideas About Light; Perspectives and Frameworks Guiding Research; The Research Methodologies; Evidence of Effectiveness of Intervention Studies; Implications for Classroom Practices; Directions for Future Research; References; Chapter 5: Children's Ideas About Life Science Concepts; Theoretical Frameworks
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Young Children's Ideas of Life Science Concepts Children's Conceptions of the Distinction Between Living and Non-living; Children's Conceptions of Growth and Development; Young Children's Conceptions of Germs and Contagions; Young Children's Conceptions of Plants and Animals; Research Methods Used to Elicit Young Children's Understandings; Recommendations for Future Research; Implications for Teaching; References; Chapter 6: Too Little, Too Late: Addressing Nature of Science in Early Childhood Education; Introduction; What Is the Nature of Science, and Why Teach It?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Developmentally Appropriate Nature of Science for Early Childhood Years
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 8
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401799096
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (xx, 210 pages) , color illustrations
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Paralleltitel: Print version Couple Resilience : Emerging Perspectives
    DDC: 306.8
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Resilience (Personality trait) ; Couples Psychology ; Quality of Life_xResearch ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: This distinctive volume expands our understanding of couple resilience by identifying and exploring specific mechanisms unique to intimate relationships that facilitate positive adaptation to life challenges. Committed partnerships represent a unique form of relational alliance that offers an opportunity and challenge to go beyond the self - to develop as individuals and as a relationship. The contributors to this volume represent a range of perspectives that integrate conventional relationship science and innovative empirical and theoretical work on the importance of meaning-making, narrative construction, intersubjectivity, forgiveness, and positive emotion in couple life. The volume also offers a unique anchor point - 'We-ness' as it relates to the intersection between shared, and personal identity and well-being. Under-examined relational contexts such as resilience among LGBT partners and sexual resilience during illness adds further refinement of thought and application
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Couple resilience and we-nessResilience in couples : a view of the landscape / Karen Skerret -- Theoretical and methodological underpinnings of resilience in couples : locating the "we" / Karen Fergus -- Resilient processes and applications to specific populations -- Resilience in lesbians and gay couples / Arlene Istar Lev -- Sexual resilience in couples / Andrea M. Beck and John W. Robinson -- Dyadic adaptation to chronic illness : the importance of considering context in understanding couples' resilience / Kristi E. Gamarel and Tracey A. Revenson -- Relationships and the neurobiology of resilience / Brent J. Atkinson -- Investigations into facets of couple resilience -- Mutuality and the marital engagement-type of union scale [me to us] : empirical support for a clinical instrument in couple therapy / Jefferson A. Singer, Beate Labunko, Nicole Alea, and Jenna L. Baddeley -- Identification with the relationship as essential to marital resilience : theory, applications and evidence / David W. Reid and Saunia Ahmed -- "We-ness" in relationship defining memories and marital satisfaction / Nicole Alea, Jefferson A. Singer, and Beate Labunko -- Forgiveness : a route to healing emotional injuries and building resiliency / Catalina Woldarsky Meneses and Leslie S. Greenberg -- Looking back, moving forward -- Resilient couple coping revisited : building relationship muscle / Karen Fergus and Karen Skerrett.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 9
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401799607
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource , color illustrations
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: Knowledge and space / Klause Tschira symposia volume 7
    Serie: Knowledge and Space Ser. v.7
    Paralleltitel: Print version Geographies of Knowledge and Power
    DDC: 306.4/2
    Schlagwort(e): Geography Social aspects ; Power (Social sciences) ; Knowledge, Sociology of ; Industrial management ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Interest in relations between knowledge, power, and space has a long tradition in a range of disciplines, but it was reinvigorated in the last two decades through critical engagement with Foucault and Gramsci. This volume focuses on relations between knowledge and power. It shows why space is fundamental in any exercise of power and explains which roles various types of knowledge play in the acquisition, support, and legitimization of power. Topics include the control and manipulation of knowledge through centers of power in historical contexts, the geopolitics of knowledge about world politic
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; 1: Power, Knowledge, and Space: A Geographical Introduction; References; 2: Relations Between Knowledge and Power: An Overview of Research Questions and Concepts; No Power Without Knowledge, No Knowledge Without Power; Factual Knowledge and Orientation Knowledge: Differences Between Logos and Mythos; Factual Knowledge; Orientation Knowledge; Conceptions and Definitions of Power and Their Relationship to Knowledge; How Can Power Be Conceptualized and Defined?; How Can Relations Between Knowledge and Power Be Conceptualized and Explained?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Asymmetry of Power Relations Can Factual Knowledge Be Clearly Differentiated from Orientation Knowledge?; Factual Knowledge and Power; Functions of Factual Knowledge in Acquiring and Retaining Power; The Search for Absolute Truth or Getting on in the Life World?; Orientation Knowledge and Power; What Functions Does Orientation Knowledge Have for a Social System?; The Role of Orientation Knowledge in the Construction of the Self and the Other; Orientation Knowledge and Moral Exclusion; With Which Methods Do Power Centers Influence the Creation and Spread of Knowledge?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Manipulation of Epistemic Perspectives Control of Access to Information, Censorship of Information, Bibliocide, and Memorycide,; Manipulation of Public Attention; Subjectivity and Credibility of Experts; Crisis of Expertise?; Scholars as Instruments of Politics; Conclusion; References; 3: Enabling Knowledge; Knowledgeability and Democracy; Overview; The Terms; Theories of Democracy and Civil Society; Reconciling Democracy and Expertise; Reconciling Democracy and Knowledge as Property; Enabling Knowledge?; Concluding Remarks; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4: Gabriel's Map: Cartography and Corpography in Modern WarI Would Rather Be in France . . .; The Optical War and Cartographic Vision; "Clockwork War" and the Mathematics of the Battlefield; The Corpography of the Slimescape; Conclusion; Coda; References; 5: Telling the Future: Reflections on the Status of Divination in Ancient Near Eastern Politics; References; 6: Who Gets the Past? The Changing Face of Islamic Authority and Religious Knowledge; Competing Claims to Authoritative Religious Knowledge; Public Islam and the Common Good; Public Islam and Modernity
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Religious and Secular Identities Authorities and Audiences; References; 7: "An Heavenly Kingdom Shall Descend": How Millennialism Spread from New England to the United States of America; Introduction; New England as a Millennial Seedbed; The Impact of the Great Awakening; The Apocalyptic Interpretation of American Wars; The United States as the Apocalyptic "New Order of the Ages"; Conclusion; References; 8: The Power of Words and the Tides of History: Reflections on Man and Nature and Silent Spring; Man and Nature: A Book and Its Reception; Man and Nature: The Fate and Power of Words
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Silent Spring: The Fate and Power of Words
    Anmerkung: "Klaus Tschira Stiftung gemeinnützige GmbH"--Cover , Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 10
    ISBN: 9789401793469
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XV, 244 p. 25 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Development Economics ; Social policy ; Social Sciences
    Kurzfassung: Developing and ‘transition’ economies face myriad challenges in their attempts to achieve and maintain political stability and foster the economic growth essential for national security, the social well-being of current citizens, and sustainable environments for future generations. Governments in the Western Balkans have striven to achieve all of the above, and this volume assesses the nature of their experiences as well as the level of their success in doing so. Featuring detailed case studies of public policy reforms in the region as well as comparative analysis on a range of indicators, the book analyzes the role of key players in setting the political agenda as well as implementing policy reforms. It also distils the lessons that can be learned from the Western Balkan experience, recommending strategies for enhancing the policy making process. In addition, it examines the developmental role played by the full spectrum of policy actors, including the private sector, NGOs, special interest groupings, international financial institutions, donor nations and the EU. Each case study has been prepared by academics with deep knowledge and experience of the western Balkans, and addresses a core set of questions: identifying the policy issue and its broader context, defining the roles of specific individuals in formulating policy and reform, and assessing the influence of networks and coalitions in the policy making process. With so little detailed literature on public policy making in a group of nations strategically positioned between Europe, Russia and the near East, the detailed insights provided by this volume will be widely welcomed. Our book provides case studies of specific public policy reform episodes in selected Western Balkan post-conflict and transition countries. The focus of these case studies extends beyond the technical aspects and entails substantive examination of the policy actors, constituencies, and politics that ultimately shape the policy that emerges from the policy making process. This analysis draws lessons for strengthening the quality of policies, the transparency, consistency, and governance of the policy making process, and ultimately for contributing to economic and social development of the region
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 11
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400747074
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXXII, 1850 p. 31 illus., 20 illus. in color. eReference, online ressource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Clausen, Jens, 1969 - Handbook of neuroethics
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences ; Philosophy ; Public health laws ; Ethics ; Neurology ; Life sciences ; Medical laws and legislation. ; Ethik ; Hirnforschung ; Neurowissenschaften
    Kurzfassung: Neuroethics - as a multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary endeavor - examines the implications of the neurosciences on human beings in general and on their self-understanding and their social interactions in particular. The range of approaches adopted in neuroethics includes but is not limited to historical, anthropological, ethical, philosophical, theological, sociological and legal approaches. Based on the study of neuroscientific developments and innovations, examined from different angles, this Handbook provides a comprehensive overview of the international neuroethical debate, and offers unprecedented insights into the impact of neuroscientific research, diagnosis, and therapy. This Handbook deals with a plethora of topics divided into in three parts: the first part contains discussions of theories of neuroethics, identity, free will, as well as other philosophical considerations. The second part is dedicated to issues involved in current and future clinical applications of neurosciences, such as brain stimulation, brain imaging, prosthetics, addiction, and psychiatric ethics. The final part deals with neuroethics and society and includes chapters on neurolaw, neurotheology, neuromarketing, and enhancement
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 12
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401794046
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1000 pages)
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Paralleltitel: Print version International Handbook of Semiotics
    DDC: 302.2
    Schlagwort(e): Semiotics ; Semiotics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: This book provides an extensive overview and analysis of current work on semiotics that is being pursued globally in the areas of literature, the visual arts, cultural studies, media, the humanities, natural sciences and social sciences. Semiotics-also known as structuralism-is one of the major theoretical movements of the 20th century and its influence as a way to conduct analyses of cultural products and human practices has been immense. This is a comprehensive volume that brings together many otherwise fragmented academic disciplines and currents, uniting them in the framework of semiotic
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents; Contributors; Chapter-1; Apologia; Part I; Historical and Conceptual Foundations of Semiotics; Chapter-2; Semiotics "Today": The Twentieth-Century Founding and Twenty-First-Century Prospects; 2.1 Preliminary Overview; 2.2 Outline of the Framework; 2.2.1 Standpoint of the Chapter; 2.2.2 Synchrony's Inevitable Seepage into Diachrony: The Historicity of Human Use of Signs; 2.2.3 The Nominalist Question; 2.2.4 The Actual Formation of a "Community of Inquirers" Focused on Signs; 2.3.1 The Initial Foundation Proposed in the Twentieth Century for a New "Science of Signs"
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3.2 The Challenge to Saussure's Stipulative Foundation2.3.3 Shifting the Semiotic Enterprise to an Adequate Foundation; 2.3.4 Remodeling Anthroposemiosis as the Human Use of Signs; 2.3.5 Furthering the Foundation: An Action of Signs Beyond the Animal Umwelt; 2.3.6 The Place of Peirce, After Poinsot, in Displacing the Pars Pro Toto Fallacy; 2.3.7 Setting the Record Straight on What Semiotics Is All About; 2.3.8 "Science" or "Doctrine" of Signs?; 2.3.9 Does the Action of Signs Reach Even Beyond the Land of the Living?; 2.3.10 Semiotics in the Twenty-First Century's Dawn: Sebeok's Shaping Role
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3.11 After Sebeok and Beyond: Completing the Compass of Semiotic Understanding2.4 Projecting What We Have Learned About Interdisciplinarity: From 330 BC to c. AD 2075; 2.4.1 Tracing from Within the Present a Long Trajectory; 2.4.2 The Triangle of Words, Thoughts, and Things; 2.4.3 Premodern Background to Understanding the Triangle; 2.4.4 Modern Attempts to Semanticize the Triangle; 2.4.5 Aristotle's Caveat on the Need to Understand the Triangle Through "An Investigation Distinct" from Inquiries into Logic and Language
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.4.6 Causality and the Relationships Within and Constitutive of the Triangle2.4.6.1 Iconic dimension; 2.4.6.2 Symbolic dimension; 2.4.6.3 Indexical dimension as underlying; 2.4.6.4 Entanglement in language of culture with nature; 2.4.6.5 Primary modeling is not "langue"; 2.4.6.6 Diachrony preceding and succeeding "langue's" synchrony; 2.4.7 Brief Excursus on "Deconstruction"; 2.4.8 The Relationships Within and Constitutive of the Triangle; 2.4.8.1 The triangle side #1 between words and things; 2.4.8.2 "Common sense" and Saussure's model; 2.4.8.3 Other-representation vs. self-representation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.4.8.4 "Common sense" again2.4.8.5 The hidden third; 2.4.8.6 The triadic relation; 2.4.8.7 "Common speech" vs. "Langue "; 2.4.8.8 The triangle side #2 between words and things; 2.4.8.9 Experience presupposed to discovering signs; 2.4.8.10 The ascent from sensation; 2.4.8.11 Interaction as produing sensation; 2.4.8.12 Triadicity within sensation; 2.4.8.13 The triangle side #3 between words and things; 2.4.8.14 Words as symptoms vs. words as symbols; 2.4.8.15 The symptom side; 2.4.8.16 The symbol side; 2.4.8.17 Words as manifesting subjectivity
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.4.8.18 Words as aiming to establish intersubjectivity
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 13
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783531199634
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (380 Seiten)
    Ausgabe: 2. Auflage
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Quartiersforschung
    DDC: 307.76072
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Adaptation, Psychological ; Social ecology ; Social history - 20th century ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Stadtviertel ; Stadtforschung
    Kurzfassung: Inhaltsverzeichnis; Einführung zur zweiten Auflage und Zusammenfassung der Beiträge; Die Beiträge im Überblick; I Überblick; Quartiersforschung im Überblick: Konzepte, Definitionen und aktuelle Perspektiven; 1 Unterwegs in dynamischen Mikrowelten; 2 Acht Portale zum Quartier; 2.1 Sozialökologie: Quartiere zwischen Zyklizität und Homöostase; 2.3 Housing Demography - Quartiere als Orte von Bevölkerungsbewegungen; 2.4 Soziographie - holistische Quartiersbetrachtung; 2.5 Nachbarschaft - von Subkulturalität, Lebenswelten und Aktionsräumen
    Kurzfassung: 2.6 Urban Governance und professionelle Akteure im Quartier2.7 (Neo-)Marxistisch orientierte Theorieansätze: Produktion und Regulation des Quartiers; 2.8 Neuere Raumtheoretische Ansätze und Poststrukturalismus: Quartierskonstruktion und Quartiersdekonstruktion; 3 Definitionen? Abgrenzungen? Die Ambivalenz von realer Komplexität und notwendiger Vereinfachung; 3.1 Begriffsverwendung und Definitionen von „Quartier"; 3.2 Muss man ein „Quartier" abgrenzen können? Und: wie?; 3.3 Versuch einer Re-Definition von Quartier als „Fuzzy Concept"; 4 Fazit: Wozu „Quartiersforschung"?; Literatur
    Kurzfassung: II Theoretische Perspektiven auf das QuartierStadt der Quartiere? Das Place-Konzept und die Idee von urbanen Dörfern; 1 Eckpunkte des Place-Konzeptes im Kontext der Quartiersforschung; 1.1 Zur symbolischen Dimension von Place; 1.2 Zur sozialen Dimension von Place; 1.3 Zur physischen Dimension von Place; 2 Place-Studien: Das Beispiel ‚Urbane Dörfer' und weitere Felder der empirischen Praxis; 3 Die Stadt der Quartiere als Summe urbaner Dörfer?; 4 Das Place-Konzept in der Quartiersforschung - eine Evaluation; Literatur
    Kurzfassung: Die Metapher vom Raum als soziale Landschaft: Perspektiven zur Überwindung der Dichotomie von Quartierkonzeptionen1 Das Quartier in der klassischen Stadtforschung; 2 Relativistische Ansätze inner- und ausserhalb des absolutistischen Raumverständnisses; 3 Die Metapher des Raums als soziale Landschaften; 4 Junge Erwachsene in der Stadt Basel: empirische Annäherung an das Konzept der sozialen Landschaften; 4.1 Landschaftstyp: Transnationale soziale Netzwerke und der Rückzug in der segregierten Stadt
    Kurzfassung: 4.2 Landschaftstyp: Lokale Netzwerke und Orte gemeinsamer Alltagskultur in der sozialpädagogischen Stadt5 Fazit; Literatur; Quartier als Landschaft? Eine Exploration am Beispiel des Wandels in Berlin-Moabit; 1 Das Quartier als Landschaft; 2 Das Fallbeispiel Berlin-Moabit: Quartiersensembles als Landschaften des sozialen Wandels; 3 Vormoderne: Moabit als quasi-natürliche Antithese zur Stadt; 4 Frühmoderne: Moabit als dynamische Industrielandschaft; 5 Einschnitte: Trümmerlandschaften; 6 Hochmoderne: Multikulturelle Arbeiter- und Justizlandschaft
    Kurzfassung: 7 Postmoderne: Moabit als fragmentierte Investitions- und Desinvestitionslandschaft
    Kurzfassung: Wohnviertel, Stadtquartiere, Kieze: Für BewohnerInnen sind sie nicht mehr und nicht weniger als die lokale Verankerung in der (Groß)stadt und der globalisierten Welt. In der Wissenschaft existieren inzwischen vielfältige Diskurse über den lokalen Nahraum. Ebenso wichtig ist das Quartier als strategische Planungskategorie: Es hat als Meso-Level zwischen Stadt und Individualebene in den letzten Jahren geradezu Karriere gemacht - im Rahmen von Stadtentwicklungsprogrammen ebenso wie in der Wohnungswirtschaft. Mit dem Ziel, einen vertieften Dialog anzustoßen, zeigen die AutorInnen dieser aktualisie
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 14
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783531199450
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (386 p.))
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed (Online-Ausg.)
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Handbuch Migrationsarbeit
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Emigration and immigration - Economic aspects ; Emigration and immigration - Government policy ; Migrant labor ; Migration ; Electronic books ; Einwanderer ; Interkulturelle Sozialarbeit
    Kurzfassung: Inhaltsverzeichnis; Grußwort; MigrantInnenarbeit - eine Einführung; 1 Zielsetz ung des Handbuches; 2 Defi nitionen und Diff erenzierungen; 3 Gliederung und Konzept; Teil A Theoretische Einführung; 1.1 Soziodemografi sche Merkmale der Migrationsbevölkerung; 1 Die Volkszählung des Jahres 2011; 2 Bevölkerungsanteil; 3 Geografi sche Verteilung; 4 Demografi sche Struktur; 5 Sozialstruktur; 5.1 Herkunft und Problemlagen; 5.2 Formaler Bildungsabschluss und berufliche Bildung; 5.3 Arbeitsmarkt und soziale Lage; 5.4 Auswirkungen mangelnder Sprachkompetenz; 6 Religiöse Bindungen: Islam; 7 Überleitung
    Kurzfassung: 1.2 Soziale und politische Teilhabe1 Spezifi ka von Migrationsgruppen; 2 Mediennutz ung3; 2.1 Soziale Umgebung und Medienkonsum; 2.2 Printmedien; 2.3 Fernsehen; 2.4 Computer; 2.5 Auswirkungen des Medienkonsums; 3 Außerhäusliche Freizeit; 4 Mitgliedschaften in Gewerkschaften; 5 Politische Aktivitäten; 5.1 Politisches Interesse; 5.2 Werthaltungen und politische Einstellungen; 5.3 Wahlbeteiligung; 5.4 Parteipräferenzen; 5.5 Mitgliedschaften in Parteien; 5.6 Nicht-elektorale politische Partizipation; 6 Gibt es Parallelgesellschaften?; 7 Schlussbemerkung
    Kurzfassung: 1.3 Gesellschaftliche Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit als Indikatoren für Integration1 Rechtliche Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit; 1.1 Das Allgemeine Gleichbehandlungsgesetz; 1.2 Aufenthaltsdauer und Wahlrecht; 1.3 Einbürgerung; 2 Soziale Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit; 2.1 Sprachliche Voraussetzungen - Sprache als Voraussetzung?; 2.2 Wohnen und sozialräumliche Integration; 2.3 Gesundheit und Migration; 2.4 Vereine und Verbände; 3 Gelungene Integration oder ungleiche Lebensverhältnisse?; 1.4 Interkulturelle Arbeit zwischen Anspruch und Wirklichkeit
    Kurzfassung: 1 Kompensatorisches Konzept: Die Ausländerpädagogik2 Emanzipatorisches Konzept: Der Anspruch der interkulturellen Erziehung; 3 Partizipatives Konzept: Diversity; 4 Interkulturelle Kompetenz - die Wirklichkeit; 5 Partizipativ + Emanzipatorisch = Chance auf Interkulturalität; 1.5 Migrantenorganisationen als Motoren der Integrationsarbeit; 1 Relevanz von Selbstorganisationen; 2 Migrantenorganisationen als politische Vertretung; 3 Migrantenorganisationen als Träger sozialer Projekte; 4 Kompetenz und Vernetzung - das soziale Kapital von Migranten-organisationen
    Kurzfassung: 5 Weiterbildungsbedarfe von Migrantenorganisationen und die Grenzen von Weiterbildung5.1 Angebote und Träger; 5.2 Migrantenorganisationen als Träger von Weiterbildung; 5.3 Tandemprojekte zur Qualifizierung von Migrantenorganisationen; 5.4 Qualitätsstandards in der Weiterbildung von und für Migrantenorganisationen; 6 Schlussbetrachtung: Migrantenorganisationen und die interkulturelle Öffnung der Gesellschaft; Teil B Aktivierung von Migrantinnen und Migranten in Theorie und Praxis; 2.1 Frühkindliche Bildung; 2.1.1 Frühkindliche Bildung; 1 Einleitung
    Kurzfassung: 2 Ein Blick zurück: Interkulturelle Pädagogik und Frühpädagogik
    Kurzfassung: Deutsche mit Migrationshintergrund und Migrantinnen und Migranten aus verschiedenen Landern sind Realitat geworden in unserer Gesellschaft. Gleichzeitig mussen wir jedoch auch feststellen, dass gesellschaftliche Teilhabe und Chancengleichheit fur diese Menschen nicht vorhanden ist. Mit der Anerkennung des Einwanderungslandes Deutschland und der Tatsache der Benachteiligung werfen sich nun Fragen auf. Wie konnen Benachteiligungen abgebaut werden Was kann die deutsche Mehrheitsgesellschaft tun und was konnen die Minderheiten tun Wie kann ein Gleichgewicht hergestellt werden Welche Maßnahmen muss
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 15
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783319049908
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (201 p.))
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: SpringerBriefs on Pioneers in Science and Practice
    Serie: EBL-Schweitzer
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Ulrich Beck
    DDC: 302.12
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Preface; Contents; Part I Ulrich Beck; 1 Ulrich Beck's Scientific Leadership Profile; 2 Ulrich Beck: An Introduction to the Theory of Second Modernity and the Risk Society; 2.1…Introduction and a Short Biography; 2.2…From Slupsk to Sociological World Fame: A Short Biography; 3 Bibliography; 3.1…Books (in Chronological Order); 3.2…Book Chapters (in Reverse Chronological Order); 3.3…Journal Articles (in Reverse Chronological Order); Part II Ulrich Beck's Work in the Perspective of Colleagues; 4 The Risk Society Thesis in Environmental Politics and Management: A Global Perspective; Epilogue
    Kurzfassung: References5 Reflexive Modernization; References; 6 The Reality of Cosmopolitanism; 7 Jerusalem Versus Athens Revisited; References; Part III Selected Key Texts by Ulrich Beck; 8 Incalculable Futures: World Risk Society and Its Social and Political Implications; 8.1…Old Dangers, New Risks: Conceptual Differentiation, Historical Localization; 8.1.1 Conceptual Distinctions; 8.1.2 Historical Contextualization; 8.2…What is Meant by the 'Cosmopolitan Moment'?; Bibliography and References; 9 Individualization is Eroding Traditions Worldwide: A Comparison Between Europe and China
    Kurzfassung: 9.1…On the Distinction Between Individualism and Individualization9.2…Individualization and Social Morality; 9.3…Chinese Individualization; References; 10 Beyond Class and Nation: Reframing Social Inequalities in a Globalizing World; 10.1…Introduction; 10.2…''What Exactly Constitutes Individualization and to What Extent has it Really Displaced Class?''; 10.2.1 What Does Individualization Mean Empirically?; 10.2.2 Beyond the Normal Family and Normal Class; 10.3…The Transnationalization of Social Inequalities; 10.3.1 Critique of Methodological Nationalism; 10.3.2 Politics of Framing
    Kurzfassung: 10.4…The Inequality of Global Risks10.5…Pan-European Inequalities; 10.6…Border Artistes: Agency, Legitimacy and Immigrant Dynamics; 10.7…Prospect: The 'Modernity Dispute' in International Sociology; References; 11 The Two Faces of Religion; References; 12 The Global Chaos of Love: Towards a Cosmopolitan Turn in the Sociology of Love and Families; 12.1…Cosmopolitan Families: Characteristics and Constellations; 12.2…Cosmopolitan Theory; 12.3…The Rise of a Transnational Shadow Economy; 12.3.1 The Stalled Revolution; 12.3.2 From Mother's Task to Migrants' Job; 12.3.3 By Silent Agreement
    Kurzfassung: 12.4…Transnational Motherhood and Global Care Chains12.4.1 A Global Hierarchy of Care; 12.5…Loss and Gain: Cosmopolitan Comparisons; 12.5.1 Seeing with the Eyes of the Respective 'Other'; 12.6…Conclusions; References; 13 Reframing Power in the Globalized World; References; 14 We Do Not Live in an Age of Cosmopolitanism but in an Age of Cosmopolitization: The 'Global Other' is in Our Midst; 14.1…Critique of Methodological Nationalism; 14.2…How to Research 'Really Existing Cosmopolitization'?; 14.2.1 Cuisine; 14.2.2 Migration; 14.2.3 Work and Workers; 14.2.4 Love; 14.2.5 Kidneys
    Kurzfassung: 14.2.6 Villages
    Kurzfassung: This book presents Ulrich Beck, one of the world's leading sociologists and social thinkers, as a Pioneer in Cosmopolitan Sociology and Risk Society. His world risk society theory has been confirmed by recent disasters ? events that have shaken modern society to the core, signaling the end of an era in which comprehensive insurance could keep us safe. Due to its own successes, modern society now faces failure: while in the past experiments were conducted in a lab, now the whole world is a test bed. Whether nuclear plants, genetically modified organisms, nanotechnology ? if any of these experim
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 16
    Buch
    Buch
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401794008
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: VII, 178 S. , graph. Darst.
    Paralleltitel: Online-Ausg. Philipov, Dimiter Reproductive Decision-Making in a Macro-Micro Perspective
    DDC: 304.666
    Schlagwort(e): Family planning Decision making ; Social Sciences ; Demography ; Family ; Personality and Social Psychology ; Electronic books
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 17
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400778290
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (278 pages) , illustrations.
    Serie: Social Indicators Research Series 53
    Serie: Social Indicators Research Ser. v.53
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Quality of life ; Humanities ; Quality of life -- Research ; Developmental psychology ; Social sciences ; Quality of life ; Humanities ; Quality of life ; Research ; Developmental psychology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: This publication will fill a significant gap in the literature on quality of life and subjective wellbeing by addressing the gender dimensions of people's lived experience and emphasizing how gender relationships differentially impact on women's and girls' as well as men's and boys' subjective wellbeing across the lifespan. Sex-disaggregation of data on objective conditions of quality of life is now routinely undertaken in many countries of the world. However, despite the burgeoning of objective data on sex differences in life conditions across the world, very little gender analysis is carried out to explain fully such difference and there is still a serious dearth of data on gender differences in subjective experiences of quality of life and wellbeing. This publication will assist researchers, teachers, service providers and policy makers in filling some of the gaps in currently available literature on the nexus between age and gender in producing differential experiences of subjective wellbeing. The book brings together research which compares female's and male's subjective experiences of wellbeing at various life stages from a variety of countries and regions, particularly focusing on women's subjective wellbeing.
    Kurzfassung: Intro -- Contents -- Contributors -- Chapter-1 -- Gender, Lifespan, Cultural Context and QOL -- References -- Chapter-2 -- Personal Well-being and Interpersonal Communication of 12-16 Year-Old Girls and Their Own Mothers: Gender and Intergenerational Issues -- 2.1 Introduction -- 2.2 Method Procedure and Sample -- 2.2.1 Description of the Variables -- 2.3 Results -- 2.3.1 Activities -- 2.3.2 Conversations -- 2.3.3 Satisfaction -- 2.3.4 Values Aspired to for the Girls' Future -- 2.3.5 Explained Model of Girls' and Mothers' Satisfaction with Life as a Whole -- 2.4 Discussion -- References -- Chapter-3 -- Gender Dimensions of Life Quality for Adults in Australia -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Subjective Wellbeing Homeostasis -- 3.3 Homeostatic Buffers -- 3.4 External Buffers -- 3.5 Internal Buffers -- 3.6 Gender Differences -- 3.7 Method -- 3.8 Results -- 3.8.1 Gender × Survey -- 3.8.2 Personal Wellbeing Domains -- 3.8.3 Domain Stability Across Surveys × Gender -- 3.8.4 Demographic Influences on Gender Differences in SWB -- 3.8.5 Age -- 3.8.6 Living Alone -- 3.8.7 Relationship Status -- 3.8.8 Work Status -- 3.9 Discussion -- 3.9.1 Overall Pattern of Gender Differences -- 3.9.2 Age -- 3.9.3 Living Alone -- 3.9.4 Work Status -- 3.10 Summary -- References -- Chapter-4 -- Chasing the 'Good Life': GenderDifferences in Work Aspirationsof American Men and Women -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Conceptual Framework -- 4.3 Data and Methods -- 4.4 Results -- 4.4.1 Gender Differences in Aspirations and Attainments -- 4.4.1.1 Material Goods -- 4.4.1.2 Good Health -- 4.4.1.3 Family Life -- 4.4.1.4 Work -- 4.4.1.5 Work Aspirations over the Life Course -- 4.5 Summary and Discussion -- References -- Chapter-5 -- Gender Dimensions of Quality of Life in Algeria -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Gender Equalities: The Current Situation.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed January 12, 2014)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 18
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400770522
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 213 p. 33 illus, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Elsenbroich, Corinna Modelling norms
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Computer simulation ; Social sciences Data processing ; Criminology ; Social sciences Methodology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Computer simulation ; Social sciences Data processing ; Criminology ; Social sciences Methodology ; Modellierung ; Methode ; Online-Ressource ; Soziale Norm ; Kriminalitätstheorie ; Modellierung
    Kurzfassung: The book focusses on questions of individual and collective action, the emergence and dynamics of social norms and the feedback between individual behaviour and social phenomena. It discusses traditional modelling approaches to social norms and shows the usefulness of agent-based modelling for the study of these micro-macro interactions. Existing agent-based models of social norms are discussed and it is shown that so far too much priority has been given to parsimonious models and questions of the emergence of norms, with many aspects of social norms, such as norm-change, not being modelled. Juvenile delinquency, group radicalisation and moral decision making are used as case studies for agent-based models of collective action extending existing models by providing an embedding into social networks, social influence via argumentation and a causal action theory of moral decision making. The major contribution of the book is to highlight the multifaceted nature of the dynamics of social norms, consisting not only of emergence, and the importance of embedding of agent-based models into existing theory.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: IntroductionTheorising Norms -- Theorising Crime -- Agent-based Modelling -- The Environment and Social Norms -- Punishment and Social Norms -- Imitation and Social Norms -- Socially Situated Social Norms -- Internalisation and Social Norms -- Modelling Norms -- Delinquent Networks -- Social Construction of Knowledge -- Morality -- We-Intentionality -- Conclusion -- Index.
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 19
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400772724
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (292 pages) , illustrations.
    Serie: Philosophical Studies in Contemporary Culture 23
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy, Modern ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Konferenzschrift
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed December 16, 2013)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 20
    ISBN: 9789400771314
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 online resource (222 pages) , illustrations.
    Serie: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 2
    DDC: 149.94
    Schlagwort(e): Linguistics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Political science ; Philosophy ; Electronic books
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index. Description based on online resource; title from PDF title page (ebrary, viewed January 2, 2014)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 21
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400770638
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (104 p)
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: Springerbriefs in History of Science and Technology
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in History of Science and Technology Ser.
    Paralleltitel: Print version The Machines of Sex Research : Technology and the Politics of Identity, 1945-1985
    DDC: 306.7072
    Schlagwort(e): Sexology ; Research ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: The Machines of Sex Research describes how researchers worldwide integrated technology into studies of human sexuality in the postwar era. The machines they invented made new ways of seeing bodies possible. Some researchers who studied men used machines like penile strain gauges to police ""deviant"" male sexuality; others used less painful devices like penis-cameras to study women's sexual responses and map the physiology of their arousal and orgasm. While researchers used the findings from their technological innovations to propose their own views of how people should view their bodies and s
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Acknowledgments; Contents; 1 The Machines of Sex Research; Abstract; Chapter Overview; Theoretical Background; Historical Background; References; 2 The Penile Strain Gauge and Aversion Therapy: Measuring and Fixing the Sexual Body; Abstract; Historical Background; The Sex Research Laboratory; Aversion Therapy; Resistance; Conclusion; 3 The Couples Laboratory and the Penis-Camera: Seeking the Source of Orgasm; Abstract; The Visible Body in the Laboratory; What the Machines Discovered about the Sexual Body; Criticizing the Mechanization of Sexuality; Conclusion; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4 The Vaginal Photoplethysmograph and Devices for Women: Gauging Female ArousalAbstract; Measure for Measure: Inventing Machines for Female Sexual Response; The Vaginal Photoplethysmograph, the Labial Clip, and the Thermograph; Conclusion; References; 5 Conclusion: The Future of Human Sex Research Technologies; Abstract; References
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 22
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9401786070 , 9789401786072
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in well-being and quality of life research
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Well-Being and Quality of Life Research Ser.
    Paralleltitel: Print version Flourishing children
    DDC: 155.5180287
    Schlagwort(e): Developmental psychology ; Behavioral assessment of teenagers ; Adolescent psychology ; Behavioral assessment of teenagers.. ; Adolescent psychology.. ; Developmental psychology ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This volume presents the results of the Flourishing Children Project. The study addressed gaps in the research on indicators of positive development of adolescents. Such indicators are essential for the balanced and scientifically sound study of adolescents. Yet measures of many aspects of flourishing are not available, and when they do exist, they are rarely measured in a developmentally appropriate manner for adolescents. In addition, they are often too long for program evaluations and surveys, have not been tested on diverse populations, nor carefully validated as predictors of positive out
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents; Abstract; 1 Studying Aspects of Flourishing Among Adolescents; 1.1…Introduction to the Project; 1.1.1 Why Measure What Adolescents Need to Flourish?; 1.2…Overview of Project Activities; 1.2.1 Item Development and Review; 1.2.2 Cognitive Interviews; 1.2.3 Pilot Test; 1.2.4 Psychometric Work; 1.3…Conceptual Framework and Constructs; 1.4…Constructs; 1.4.1 Relationship Skills; 1.4.1.1 Empathy; 1.4.1.2 Social Competence; 1.4.2 Flourishing in Relationships; 1.4.2.1 Parent-Adolescent Relationship; 1.4.2.2 Peer Friendship; 1.4.3 Flourishing in School and Work
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.4.3.1 Diligence and Reliability1.4.3.2 Educational Engagement; 1.4.3.3 Initiative Taking; 1.4.3.4 Thrift; 1.4.3.5 Trustworthiness and Integrity; 1.4.4 Helping Others to Flourish; 1.4.4.1 Altruism; 1.4.4.2 Generosity/Helping Family and Friends; 1.4.5 Environmental Stewardship; 1.4.5.1 Environmental Stewardship; 1.4.6 Personal Flourishing; 1.4.6.1 Forgiveness; 1.4.6.2 Goal Orientation; 1.4.6.3 Gratitude; 1.4.6.4 Hope; 1.4.6.5 Life Satisfaction; 1.4.6.6 Purpose; 1.4.6.7 Spirituality; References; 2 Cognitive Interviews: Designing Survey Questions for Adolescents; 2.1…Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.1.1 Rationale for Cognitive Testing2.1.2 What is Cognitive Interviewing?; 2.1.3 Research on Developing Survey Questions for Adolescents; 2.1.4 Research on Surveying with Parents as Proxy Reporters; 2.1.5 Best Practices for Survey-Item Development; 2.2…Method; 2.2.1 Recruitment; 2.2.2 Sample; 2.2.3 Study Design; 2.2.4 Study Procedures; 2.2.5 Protocols; 2.2.6 Data Analysis; 2.3…Results; 2.3.1 Lesson 1: Reference Groups; 2.3.2 Lesson 2: Construct Selection; 2.3.3 Lesson 3: Clarity of Items; 2.3.4 Lesson 4: Item Salience; 2.3.5 Lesson 5: Parent Reports; 2.3.6 Lesson 6: Response Variability
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3.7 Lesson 7: Developing Congruent Response Options2.4…Discussion; References; 3 Pilot Study and Psychometric Analyses; 3.1…Pilot Study Introduction; 3.1.1 Recruitment; 3.1.2 Procedures; 3.1.3 Incentives; 3.1.4 Survey; 3.2…Psychometric Analyses; 3.2.1 Overview of Psychometric Analyses; 3.2.2 Subgroups; 3.2.3 Construct Validity; 3.3…Results; 3.3.1 Relationship Skills; 3.3.1.1 Empathy; 3.3.1.2 Social Competence; 3.3.2 Flourishing in Relationships; 3.3.2.1 Parent-Adolescent Relationship; 3.3.2.2 Peer Friendship; 3.3.3 Flourishing in School and Work; 3.3.3.1 Diligence and Reliability
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.3.3.2 Educational Engagement3.3.3.3 Initiative Taking; 3.3.3.4 Thrift; 3.3.3.5 Trustworthiness and Integrity; 3.3.4 Helping Others to Flourish; 3.3.4.1 Altruism; 3.3.4.2 Generosity/Helping Family and Friends; 3.3.5 Environmental Stewardship; 3.3.5.1 Environmental Stewardship; 3.3.6 Personal Flourishing; 3.3.6.1 Forgiveness; 3.3.6.2 Goal Orientation; 3.3.6.3 Gratitude; 3.3.6.4 Hope; 3.3.6.5 Life Satisfaction; 3.3.6.6 Purpose; 3.3.6.7 Spirituality; 3.4…Discussion; 3.5…Conclusions; References
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 23
    ISBN: 9789401789592
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXV, 261 p. 38 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    Schlagwort(e): Ecology ; Environmental geology. ; Geoecology. ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Human Geography ; Physical geography.
    Kurzfassung: In this edited volume leading scholars from different disciplinary backgrounds wrestle with social science integration opportunities and challenges. This book explores the growing concern of how best to achieve effective integration of the social science disciplines as a means for furthering natural resource social science and environmental problem solving. The chapters provide an overview of the history, vision, advances, examples, and methods that could lead to integration. The quest for integration among the social sciences is not new. Some argue that the social sciences have lagged in their advancements and contributions to society due to their inability to address integration related issues. Integration merits debate for a number of reasons. First, natural resource issues are complex and are affected by multiple proximate driving social factors. Single disciplinary studies focused at one level are unlikely to provide explanations that represent this complexity and are limited in their ability to inform policy recommendations. Complex problems are best explored across disciplines that examine social-ecological phenomenon from different scales. Second, multi-disciplinary initiatives such as those with physical and biological scientists are necessary to understand the scope of the social sciences. Too frequently there is a belief that one social scientist on a multi-disciplinary team provides adequate social science representation. Third, more complete models of human behavior will be achieved through a synthesis of diverse social science perspectives
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 24
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400779143
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 248 Seiten)
    Serie: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology Volume 17
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als The moral status of technical artefacts
    DDC: 303.483
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Technology -- Social aspects ; Engineering design -- Philosophy ; Technology ; Social aspects ; Engineering design ; Philosophy ; Electronic books ; Engineering ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science ; Technology ; Technik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Artefakt ; Ethik ; Technik
    Kurzfassung: This book considers the question: to what extent does it make sense to qualify technical artefacts as moral entities? The authors' contributions trace recent proposals and topics including instrumental and non-instrumental values of artefacts, agency and artefactual agency, values in and around technologies, and the moral significance of technology. The editors' introduction explains that as 'agents' rather than simply passive instruments, technical artefacts may actively influence their users, changing the way they perceive the world, the way they act in the world and the way they interact with each other. This volume features the work of various experts from around the world, representing a variety of positions on the topic. Contributions explore the contested discourse on agency in humans and artefacts, defend the Value Neutrality Thesis by arguing that technological artefacts do not contain, have or exhibit values, or argue that moral agency involves both human and non-human elements.The book also investigates technological fields that are subject to negative moral valuations due to the harmful effects of some of their products. It includes an analysis of some difficulties arising in Artificial Intelligence and an exploration of values in Chemistry and in Engineering. The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts is an advanced exploration of the various dimensions of the relations between technology and morality.
    Kurzfassung: Intro -- Contents -- Chapter 1: Introduction: The Moral Status of Technical Artefacts -- Reference -- Chapter 2: Agency in Humans and in Artifacts: A Contested Discourse -- 2.1 Intentions, Ethics, and Artifacts -- 2.2 Artifacts with Secondary Agency -- 2.3 Artifacts as Delegated Agents -- 2.4 Artifacts and Cultures -- 2.5 Questioning Conclusions -- References -- Chapter 3: Towards a Post-human Intra-actional Account of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality) -- 3.1 Introduction -- 3.2 Making Sense of Sociomaterial Agency (and Morality) -- 3.2.1 The Inter-actional Human-Centred Account of Sociomaterial Agency -- 3.2.2 The Intra-actional Post-humanist Account of Sociomaterial Agency -- 3.3 Figuring Intra-actional Agency in the Plagiarism Detection Phenomenon -- 3.3.1 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Reconstitution of Writing and Authorship -- 3.3.2 The Emergence of the Phenomenon of Plagiarism -- 3.3.3 'Cutting and Pasting' and the Constitution of the Plagiarist -- 3.3.4 PDS, Education and the Production of Intellectual Property -- 3.4 Intra-actional Agency and Disclosive Ethics -- 3.4.1 Disclosive Archaeology of Phenomena -- 3.4.2 Towards Intra-actional Responsibility -- References -- Chapter 4: Which Came First, the Doer or the Deed? -- 4.1 Introduction -- 4.2 Individualism -- 4.3 A Modernist Frame -- 4.4 Composite Agency -- 4.5 A Postmodernist Frame -- 4.6 Zooming Out -- 4.7 Conclusion -- References -- Chapter 5: Some Misunderstandings About the Moral Significance of Technology -- 5.1 Introduction -- 5.2 Do Artifacts Have Morality? -- 5.3 Do Artifacts Have Agency? -- 5.4 Can Things Have Intentionality? -- 5.5 Can Freedom Be Technologically Mediated? -- 5.6 Conclusion: Is There a Symmetry Between Humans and Technologies? -- References -- Chapter 6: "Guns Don't Kill, People Kill" -- Values in and/or Around Technologies -- 6.1 Introduction.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references at the end of each chapters. Description based on print version record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 25
    ISBN: 9789400769847
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: vii, 253 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Serie: Global migration issues volume 2
    Serie: Global migration issues
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Mobilität ; Internationale Migration ; Klimawandel ; Migrationsentscheidung ; Migrationsforschung ; Welt ; Migration ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Sammelwerk ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Anmerkung: Enthält 10 Beiträge , Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9789400775572
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 408 Seiten)
    Paralleltitel: Print version Air Quality Management : Canadian Perspectives on a Global Issue
    DDC: 399
    Schlagwort(e): Environmental sciences ; Public health ; Environmental protection ; Air quality management -- Canada ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This book provides a wide overview of the issues related to managing of air quality in Canada. Learn about the air issues that have caused impacts to ecosystems or human health and hence been targeted to be managed. Discover how Canadas national governance involving a federal government along with provincial and territorial governments impacts the air quality management process. Understand how Canadians manage their air quality in context with the USA, their largest and closest neighbour. Benefit from the experience of 43 of Canadas most experienced air quality management professionals who share their insights into the state of air quality in Canada today, how it is managed, as well as giving a glimpse into the future.?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: part I. Air pollution sciencepart II. Air quality impacts -- part III. Management of emissions -- part Ivolume Policy and planning -- part volume Communicating air quality information.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 27
    ISBN: 9789048194735
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 988 p. 79 illus., 18 illus. in color. eReference, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Eemeren, Frans H. van, 1946 - Handbook of argumentation theory
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Logic ; Law ; Social sciences ; Linguistics. ; Argumentationstheorie
    Kurzfassung: The Handbook Argumentation Theory provides an up to date survey of the various theoretical contributions to the development of argumentation theory for all scholars interested in argumentation, informal logic and rhetoric. It describes the historical roots of modern argumentation theory that are still an important theoretical background to contemporary approaches. Because of the complexity, diversity and rate of developments in argumentation theory, there is a real need for an overview of the state of the art, the main approaches that can be distinguished and the distinctive features of these approaches. The Handbook covers classical and modern backgrounds to the study of argumentation, the New Rhetoric developed by Perelman and Olbrechts-Tyteca, the Toulmin model, formal approaches, informal logic, communication and rhetoric, pragmatic approaches, linguistic approaches and pragma-dialectics. The Handbook is co-authored by Frans H. van Eemeren, Bart Garssen, Erik C.W. Krabbe, A. Francisca Snoeck Henkemans, Bart Verheij and Jean Wagemans, who are a coherent and prominent writing team whose expertise covers the whole field. The authors are assisted by an international Editorial Board consisting of outstanding argumentation scholars whose fields of interest are represented in the volume
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 28
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400744295 , 1283532646 , 9781283532648
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VII, 266 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Transactional perspectives on occupation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Occupational Therapy ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Occupational Therapy ; Transactional Analysis ; Occupational Therapy methods ; Occupations ; Philosophy ; Beschäftigungstherapie
    Kurzfassung: An occupation is, most simply put, any activity we participate in that engages (occupies) our attention, interests, and/or expectations, at any point throughout the life course. This book offers an emerging and innovative perspective on occupation, based in the work of American philosopher John Dewey and other pragmatists, that challenges accepted ideas. Each chapter presents a lively and multifaceted dialogue on transactional perspectives on occupation. Scholars from Europe, North America, and Australasia have written a diverse set of arguments and case studies about occupation, covering theoretical, methodological and applied issues relevant to the topic. In addition, contributors make connections with significant authors from various disciplines that make clearer the roles of occupation and occupational science across many cultures and contexts. The transactional perspectives articulated in this book both implicitly and explicitly suggest that occupations are forms of activity that create and re-create a multitude of our relationships with the world. Often taken for granted by some academic disciplines, occupation is a core element of human life. This book is a provocative and critical analysis of the focal concept for occupational therapy and science.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Transactional Perspectives on Occupation; Contents; Chapter 1: Transactional Perspectives on Occupation: An Introduction and Rationale; 1.1 Introduction and Invitation; 1.2 Development of Transactional Perspectives on Occupation; 1.3 A Pluralistic Approach; 1.4 Structure and Content of the Book; 1.5 Our Hopes; References; Part I: Theoretical Extensions; Chapter 2: Dewey's Concepts of Embodiment, Growth, and Occupation: Extended Bases for a Transactional Perspective; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Embodiment; 2.2.1 Live Creatures; 2.2.2 Embodying the Social; 2.3 Growth; 2.4 Occupation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.4.1 Dewey on Occupation2.4.2 Occupation, Embodiment, and Growth; 2.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Being Occupied in the Everyday; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Habitual; 3.3 The Relational; 3.3.1 Continuity of Time: Past-Present-Future; 3.3.2 Continuity of Relating: Being-with-Others; 3.4 The Precarious; 3.5 Occupational Practice as Listening; 3.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Resituating the Meaning of Occupation: A Transactional Perspective; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Meaning Explored; 4.2.1 Social Science Perspectives on Meaning; 4.2.2 Occupational Perspectives on Meaning
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.2.3 Philosophical Perspectives on Meaning: Heidegger and Dewey4.3 Perspectives on Meaning Uncovered by Research; 4.4 Implications for Occupational Therapy and Science; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Conceptual Insights for Expanding Thinking Regarding the Situated Nature of Occupation; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Governmentality Studies: Shaping Occupational Possibilities; 5.2.1 Discourses; 5.2.2 Differential Shaping of Occupational Possibilities; 5.3 Bourdieu's Theory of Practice: Voicing the Unspoken; 5.3.1 Makane: A Case in Point; 5.4 Conclusion; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 6: Exploring the Transactional Quality of Everyday Occupations Through Narrative-in-Action: Meaning-Making Among Women Living with Chronic Conditions6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Everyday Occupations as Transactions Within Local Cultures; 6.3 "Narrative-in-Action": Meaning Making Endeavors; 6.4 Everyday Transactions, Meaning Making in Everyday Occupations; 6.5 Everyday Transactions in Local Cultures; 6.6 Everyday Occupational Transactions Enacted and Embedded in Local Culture; References; Part II: Case Studies; Chapter 7: Navigating Cultural Spaces: A Transactional Perspective on Immigration
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 7.1 Introduction7.2 Current Perspectives on Immigration and Settlement; 7.3 A Transactional Perspective on Immigration and Settlement; 7.3.1 Navigating Cultural Spaces: A Case Study; 7.4 Implications for Science and Society; 7.4.1 Occupational Science Research; 7.4.2 Societal Practice; 7.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: The Situated Nature of Disability; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Conceptualizing Disability: An Overview of Recent Controversies; 8.2.1 The International Classi fi cation of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 8.3 Research Projects: Support for the Transactional Perspective on Disability
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 29
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400744738
    ISSN: 1389-6903
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 406 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Serie: Handbooks of Sociology and Social Research
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druck-Ausg. Franks, David D., 1931 - Handbook of neurosociology
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Neurology ; Psychology, clinical ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Neurology ; Psychology, clinical ; Neurosciences ; Social aspects ; Neurowissenschaften ; Soziologie ; Neurobiologie ; Neurologie ; Soziologie
    Kurzfassung: Until recently, a handbook on neurosociology would have been viewed with skepticism by sociologists, who have long been protective of their disciplinary domain against perceived encroachment by biology. But a number of developments in the last decade or so have made sociologists more receptive to biological factors in sociology and social psychology. Much of this has been encouraged by the coeditors of this volume, David Franks and Jonathan Turner. This new interest has been increased by the explosion of research in neuroscience on brain functioning and brain-environment interaction (via new MRI technologies), with implications for social and psychological functioning. This handbook emphasizes the integration of perspectives within sociology as well as between fields in social neuroscience. For example, Franks represents a social constructionist position following from G.H. Meads voluntaristic theory of the act while Turner is more social structural and positivistic. Furthermore, this handbook not only contains contributions from sociologists, but leading figures from the psychological perspective of social neuroscience.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Handbook of Neurosociology; Preface; References; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Summaries and Comments; David Franks: A Short History; Brain Activity Measures and Limitations; Jonathan H. Turner: Coming on Board as an Editor; What Does Neurosociology Have to Offer?; References; Part I: Large Issues; Chapter 2: Neural Social Science; Reason Is Neural; Back to the Future; How Brain Circuits Become Meaningful; Reason and Social Science; Reason Itself: Enlightenment Fallacies; The Enlightenment Fallacies; The First Fallacy: Reason Is Conscious
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Second Fallacy: One Can Reason Directly About the WorldThe Third Fallacy: Thought Is Disembodied; The Fourth Fallacy: Words Are Defined Directly in Terms of Features of the External World; The Fifth Fallacy: Reason Is Unemotional; The Sixth Fallacy: Reason Is Literal and Logical; The Seventh Fallacy: Categories Are Defined by Necessary and Sufficient Conditions; The Eighth Fallacy: Reason Exists Primarily to Serve Self-interest; The Ninth Fallacy: Conceptual Systems Are Monolithic; The Tenth Fallacy: Words Have Fixed Meanings, and Concepts Have Fixed Logics
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Eleventh Fallacy: The Truth Will Set You Free If Enough People Know the Truth About Social Issues, They Will Change Their Attitudes, to Society's Bene fi t; Some Brain Basics; Color; Perception and Action; That's Why There Are Basic-Level Concepts; That's Why Verb Roots Are the Same for First- and Third-Person Experiences; Imagining and Doing Use the Same Brain Circuitry; Neural Computation and Simulation; The Centrality of Metaphor in Social Life; Neural Metaphor; The Narayanan-Johnson-Grady Neural Theory of Metaphor; How Are Neural Circuits Learned?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Feldman Functional Circuitry HypothesisPrimary Metaphors; Narayanan on Spike-Time-Dependent Plasticity; Neuromodulators and "Rewards"; Integrating Multiple Neural Systems; Embodiment Evidence in Social Psychology; Real Social and Political Life; The Conservative Advantage; What Can Progressives and Democrats Do?; Systems Thinking; The Point; CODA; Solving a Social Science Puzzle; References; Chapter 3: Why We Need Neurosociology as Well as Social Neuroscience: Or-Why Role-Taking and Theory of Mind Are Different Concepts; History of the Terms Neurosociology and Social Neuroscience
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Distinguishing Between the Two Fields Using Role-Taking and ToMSome Ways Role-Taking and Power Can be Explored Experimentally; What Social Neuroscience Can Offer Sociological Research on Role-Taking and Power; Empirically Testing the Role-Taking and Power Hypothesis; Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Social Cognition and the Problem of Other Minds; Where in the World Are Minds?; The Psychology of Individual Minds; Social Psychology and Social Cognition; What Do Minds Learn to Mind?; Brains and Minds Grow Together; Socialized Brains Remain Social Minds; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 5: Genetic, Hormonal, and Neural Underpinnings of Human Aggressive Behavior
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 30
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 1299876994 , 9781299876996 , 9789400766716
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource
    Serie: Educating the young child v.7
    Serie: Educating the Young Child Ser. v.7
    Paralleltitel: Print version Early Childhood and Neuroscience - Links to Development and Learning
    DDC: 372.21
    Schlagwort(e): Child development ; Cognitive neuroscience ; Early childhood education ; Child development.. ; Neurosciences ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Information from neuroscience is growing and being properly used, and misused wich makes it imperative that educators receive accurate and practical information. This book provides the accurate and practical information educators (pre-service and in-service) and caregivers serving children birth through age 8 need to know. This volume takes a practical and cautionary stance. It reminds educators to consider the ethical implications of neuroscience when it is applied to education, reviews current findings from neuroscience and reveals the dangers of oversimplification and inappropriate extensio
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface ; Educational Neuroscience and the Double Entendre; References; Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; How Does a Volume Such as This Come Together?; Importance of This Book for Educating Today's Children; Overview of Book; Conclusion; Chapter 2: The Practical and Ethical Concerns of Using Neuroscience to Teach Young Children and Help Them Self-Regulate; Introduction; Ethical and Moral Issues Arising from Neuroscience; Education as an Ethical/Moral Enterprise; Neuroscience, Educators, and Ethical Decisions; A Utilitarian Approach to Moral Decisions
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: A Rights Approach to Moral Decisions A Fairness or Justice Approach to Moral Decisions; A Common-Good Approach to Moral Decisions; A Virtue Approach to Moral Decisions; References; Chapter 3: Neuroscience: The Genesis of Our Individual Brain Strengths; Introduction; Brain-Based Aspects of Multiple Intelligences; The Environment Part I: The MI Early Childhood Classroom (ECC); The Observations; Heredity Influences: Neurologically Speaking, Each Brain Is Unique; Studying the Outside of the Brain; Looking from the Inside-Out: Brain Development in Utero
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: How Do Our Individual Brain-Based Preferences Develop? Neural Networks Are Knowledge; What About Our Three ECE Students' Brain-Based Strengths?; The Wisdom of Activating Prior Knowledge; Individual Brain Talents; Practical Applications: Using the Environment to Develop Students' Neurological Gifts and Remediate Their Underdeveloped MI Areas; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Reading and the Young Brain; The Convergence of Neurosciences, Psychology, and Education; Reading Development in Young Children; Experiences Shape Brain Development; While Language Is Innate, Reading Is Not
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Learning Two Languages Doesn't Suppress Either Repetition Leads to Automaticity; We Are Hardwired to Imitate; Practical Applications; References; Chapter 5: Brain Development, Early Childhood, and Brain-Based Education: A Critical Analysis; Introduction; Neural Development; Prenatal Development; Postnatal Development; Importance of Myelin; Life Span Changes in the Brain; Repairing an Injured Brain; Practical Applications; The Brain, Educational Policy, and Critical Periods; "Right" Versus "Left" Brain; Brain Lateralization and Gender Differences; Brain-Compatible Teaching
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Brain-Compatible Teaching, Learning Styles, and Multiple Intelligences Exercising the Brain; Summary; References; Chapter 6: Addressing the Affective Domain: What Neuroscience Says About Social/Emotional Development in Early Childhood; Introduction; The Affective Domain and Its Role in Learning; Brain Architecture; Critical Periods of Brain Development; Nature and Nurture, Not Nature or Nurture; Neuroplasticity of the Brain; The Environment and Its Impact on Emotional Development; Relationships with Caregivers; The Inseparability of Thoughts and Feelings; Expressing Emotions
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Nurturing Emotional Development
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 31
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400766778
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (X, 223 p. 105 illus, digital)
    Serie: Methodos Series, Methodological Prospects in the Social Sciences 11
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.: Methods for Multilevel Analysis and Visualisation of Geographical Networks
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Computer vision ; Cartography ; Social sciences Methodology ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Anthropogeografie ; Daten ; Netzwerk
    Kurzfassung: This leading-edge study focuses on the latest techniques in analysing and representing the complex, multi-layered data now available to geographers studying urban zones and their populations. The volume tracks the successful results of the SPANGEO Project, which was set up in 2005 to standardize, and share, the syncretic, multinational mapping techniques already developed by geographers and computer scientists. SPANGEO sought new and responsive ways of visualising urban geographical and social data that reflected the fine-grained detail of the inputs. It allowed for visual representation of the large and complex networks and flows which are such an integral feature of the dynamism of urban geography. SPANGEO developed through the ‘visual analytics loop’ in which geographers collaborated with computer scientists by feeding data into the design of visualisations that in turn spawned the urge to incorporate more varied data into the visualisation. This volume covers all the relevant aspects, from conceptual principles to the tools of network analysis and the actual results flowing from their deployment. Detailed case studies set out in this volume include spatial multi-level analyses of flows in airports and sea ports, as well as the fascinating scientific networks in European cities. The volume shows how the primary concern of geography-the interaction of society with physical space-has been revivified by the complexities of new cartographical and statistical methodologies, which allow for highly detailed mapping and far more powerful computer analysis of spatial relationships
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 32
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Sprache: Englisch
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg. [S.l.] eblib 2012 Online-Ressource
    Serie: Social Indicators Research Series 51
    Serie: EBL-Schweitzer
    Serie: Social indicators research series
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    DDC: 150
    Schlagwort(e): Positive psychology ; Electronic books
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 33
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400772113
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (218 p.))
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: International Perspectives on Migration
    Serie: EBL-Schweitzer
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Migration, diaspora and identity
    DDC: 304.8
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Emigration and immigration -- Economic aspects ; Emigration and immigration -- Social aspects ; Globalization ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Migration ; Diaspora ; Identität ; Geschlechterrolle
    Kurzfassung: Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; Introduction; Persisting with Difference; Does Diaspora Matter?; Framing the Collection; Multiple Belongings; Representing a Way of Being; Sexualised Identifications; Marriage and Family; The Significance of Gender; Defiantly Different; References; Part I Multiple Belongings; Living on the Move; Beyond the Dichotomous Choice Between Assimilation and Ethnic Closure; Methodology and a Brief Sketch of the Italian Situation; The Development of a Complex Identification; A Supplementary Hypothesis: The Emergence of a New Generational Experience
    Kurzfassung: Diachronic Fluctuations: The Complex Bonds with Memory, Traditions and Family TiesSynchronic Fluctuations: The Complex Bond Between Inclusion and Differentiation; Tactical Ethnicity; References; Muslim Women in Western Preschooling; Introduction; 'Auntie ' as a Term; Communities and Religious Identity; Muslims in Diaspora and Globalisation; Non-Muslim Families; Conclusion; References; 'When I Land in Islamabad I Feel Home and When I Land in Heathrow I Feel Home'; Introduction; Diaspora, Gender and Belonging: 'The Homing of Diaspora,' 'The Diasporising of Home'
    Kurzfassung: Class, Gender and 'Diaspora Space': South Asian Settlers in the City of London, in the Midlands and in the North of EnglandBeing a Londoner' or 'from Yorkshire': 'Heathrow' or What Does It Mean to Live Here and There?; Conclusion; References; Part II Representing a Way of Being; Refugee Women, Education, and Self Authorship; Introduction; Refugee Women, Policy Norms, and Representations; Integrationist Norms and the Microphysics of Power in Settlement Education; Speaking with Refugee Women: Engineering a Reverse Discourse; Capabilities for Freedom; Feedback; An Informed Perspective
    Kurzfassung: Independent Decision Making and Exercising ChoiceEngaging in Debate and Expressing an Informed Position; Developing Skills in Order to Better Understand the Dominant Australian Culture; Cultivating an Open Mind; Developing Critical Enquiry: The Capacity to Question; Discussion; Implications of the Interview Sample to Recommendations; Conclusions; References; Invoking an Ivory Tower; Introduction; Critical Race Theory and Counter Story; Background and Context to Letter; Editorial Correspondence; 'Talking in Circles'; Inverting Relations of Dominance; Selective Readings
    Kurzfassung: Conclusion: Deconstructing an Ivory Tower and the Possibilities for Anti-racismReferences; 'Trouble in the Mall Again' Naming as Social Drama in Multicultural Melbourne; Introduction; Difference and the City; Methodology; The Character of Oakleigh; The Trouble; 'Trouble in the Mall': In Phases; The Breach; Mounting Crises; Redressive Action; Re-integration or Schism?; Analysing the Trouble; Liminal Spaces and the City; Conclusion; References; Beyond Fear and Towards Hope Transnationalism and the Recognition of Rights Across Borders; Introduction: Crossing Borders; Politics of Fear
    Kurzfassung: Transnationalism and Diaspora
    Kurzfassung: Framed in relation to diaspora this collection engages with the subject of how cultural difference is lived and how complex and shifting identities shape and respond to spatial politics of belonging. Diaspora is understood in a variety of ways, which makes this an eclectic collection of papers. Authors use various theoretical frameworks to explore diverse groups of people with a variety of experiences in a wide range of settings. They are making sense of the experiences of women and men from a range of ethnic backgrounds, negotiating identities through family, work and education. The micro dyn
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 34
    ISBN: 9783658034405
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (405 p)
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed
    Paralleltitel: Print version Kompetenz-Bildung
    DDC: 371.9
    Schlagwort(e): Interpersonal communication ; Social skills in children ; Social skills in adolescence ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Vor dem Hintergrund veränderter Bedingungen des Aufwachsens wird in der fachöffentlich geführten Bildungsdiskussion der Förderung sozialer, emotionaler und kommunikativer Kompetenzen von Kindern und Jugendlichen eine zunehmende Bedeutung beigemessen. Studien zeigen, dass die Förderung dieser Kompetenzen eine Verbesserung des sozialen Klimas in einer Klasse oder Schule sowie des Leistungsverhaltens zur Folge haben kann. Ist aber Schule der richtige Ort, um soziale, emotionale und kommunikative Kompetenz aufzubauen? Dieser Frage gehen die interdisziplinären Beiträge des Bandes nach, die f
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Inhalt; Einführung; Bildung, Kompetenz, Kompetenz-Bildung; 1 Bildungsfragen; 2 Kompetenzdiskurs; 3 Die Beiträge; Literatur; Begriffe - Möglichkeiten - Grenzen; Bildung sozialer, emotionaler und kommunikativer Kompetenzen - ein komplexer Prozess; 1 Individuelle oder kollektive Fähigkeiten ?; 2 Soziale Kompetenz im Spannungsfeld von Gleichaltrigenkultur und schulischer Ordnung; 3 Familiäre und schulische Einflüsse; 4 Bildung sozialer, emotionaler und kommunikativer Kompetenzen: ein komplexer Prozess; Literatur; Soft skills - destruktive Potentiale des Kompetenzdenkens; 1 Einleitend
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2 Was sind soft skills ?3 „Soft skills", „hard skills" und die viel missbrauchte Eisbergmetapher; 4 Die Attraktivität von Kompetenzmodellen: Kompetenzidealismus; 5 Zur Ideologie des Kompetenzdenkens; 6 „Replace the Negative with the Positive" - zur Moral der soft skills; Literatur; Entwicklungslinien in unterschiedlichen Kontexten; Veränderte Bedingungen des Aufwachsens - Jugendliche zwischen Moratorien, Belastungen und Bewältigungsstrategien; 1 Jugend als heterogene Lebensphase; 2 Die „Doppelrolle" der Familie; 3 Der wachsende Stellenwert der Schule; 4 Freizeit als Bildungszeit
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5 Peers als Bezugsgrößen im Jugendalter6 Problemverhalten und Entwicklungsprobleme; 6.1 Aufbau von Bewältigungsstrategien; 6.2 Bedingungen für Problembelastungen; 6.3 Deviantes und kriminelles Verhalten; 6.4 Drogenkonsum; 7 Fazit; Literatur; „Freizeit" und „Kultur" als Bildungsorte - Kompetenzerwerb über non-formale und informelle Praxen von Kindern und Jugendlichen; 1 Bildung ist mehr als Schule; 2 Bildung, Freizeit und kulturelle Praxen von Kindern und Jugendlichen - Hinweise und Vergewisserungen; 3 Kompetenzerwerb in informellen und non-formalen Praxen und Kontexten
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.1 Lernen in informellen, nicht organisierten Bildungsräumen - Kinder und Jugendliche zwischen Freundschaftsnetzen und Medien3.2 Selbstbestimmte, institutionalisierte Bildungsräume: Lernmöglichkeiten in Vereinen, Jugendverbänden und über ehrenamtliches Engagement; 3.3 Non-formale, pädagogisch gerahmte Bildungsräume - Szenarien der einrichtungsbezogenen sozialen und kulturellen Kinder- und Jugendarbeit; 4 Blick für informelle und non-formale Formen des Kompetenzerwerbs sensibilisieren - Ausblick; Literatur
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Der Wandel familialen Zusammenlebens und seine Bedeutung für die (schulischen) Bildungsbiographien der Kinder1 Familien heute sind auch alternative Familien; 2 Familien sind Scheidungsfamilien ?; 3 Kinder sind heute geschwisterlose Kinder ?; 4 Familie ist heute Mehrgenerationenfamilie; 5 Mütter sind heute berufstätige Mütter; 6 Familien sind auch arme Familien; 7 Familien sind mediatisierte Familien; 8 Familie ist Aushandlungsfamilie; 9 Eine kurze abschließende Bemerkung; Literatur; Frühkindliche Bildung - Basisbaustein der Bildungskarriere; 1 Zum Begriff „Frühkindliche Bildung"
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2 Theorien über die Entwicklung des Zugangs zur Welt
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 35
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781461488118
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (162 p)
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: Peace Psychology Book Series
    Serie: Peace Psychology Book Ser.
    Paralleltitel: Print version Community Resilience to Sectarian Violence in Baghdad
    DDC: 155.8
    Schlagwort(e): Ethnic Conflict Congresses ; Ethnopsychology Congresses ; Resilience, Psychological Congresses ; Sects ; Social aspects.. ; Iraq ; Religion ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: The recent conflict in Iraq evolved from an insurgency against the interim U.S. led government (the Coalition Provisional Authority or CPA) into a sectarian civil war. Violence became widespread, especially in areas of Baghdad City such as Sadr City, Al Amiriyah, and Al Adhamiya. However, a number of multiethnic neighborhoods in Baghdad successfully prevented sectarian attitudes and behaviors from taking hold. Four communities stand out in their self-organization to prevent the escalation of violence. This book looks at what makes these communities different from other areas within Baghdad. In
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; 1 Introduction; Abstract; Al-Nil Raises a Question; A Subtle Difference; Resilience and Conflict; Methods; Research Sites; Multicultural Iraq; Amiriyya; Adhamiyya; Dura; Sadr City; Zafaraniyya; Bayaa; Palestine Street; Al-Dhubat; Karada and Kuraiaat; Overview of the Book; References; 2 Violence and Extremism: Sources of Sectarian Violence in Baghdad; Abstract; Constructivism, Identity, and Conflict; Identity Conflict Through a Constructivist Lens; Group Identities in Iraq: Religious and Tribal; Conclusion; References; 3 Conflict Drivers; Abstract
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Global and Regional LevelsState-Level Sources; EliteIndividual Level; References; 4 Conflict Escalation: The Sharpening of Sectarian Identity; Abstract; Psychological Changes; Group Changes; Change in Communities; Conclusion; References; 5 Resilience: Conceptual Foundations; Abstract; What is Resilience?; Regime Characteristics in Baghdad Neighborhoods; Regime Resilience; Modeling Conflict Resilience; Conclusion; References; 6 Social Capital; Abstract; Defining Social Capital; Relations Between People; Crosscutting Bonds; Overlapping Ties; Relations with "the Community"; Sense of Community
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Citizen ParticipationPlace Attachment; Conclusion; References; 7 Information and Communication; Abstract; Sources: Leaders, Media and Working Trust; Spaces for Information-Sharing and Communication; Narratives; Conclusions; References; 8 Economic Resources; Abstract; Socioeconomic Status; SES and Resilience to Violence; Mechanisms of Influence; Trade Networks; Conclusions; References; 9 Community Competence; Abstract; Psychological Components of Community Competence; Collective Efficacy; Inward Orientation; Behavioral Components of Community Competence
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Linkages Between Regime Characteristics and Community CompetencyConclusions; References; 10 Looking Ahead; Abstract; Structural Versus Relational Approaches to Resilience; Strengthening Community Resilience; Spaces for Visioning; Collaborative, Crosscutting Projects; Supporting Peace Leaders; Beyond Baghdad?; Concluding Thoughts; References; Author Biography; Index
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 36
    ISBN: 9789400762084
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Disentangling migration and climate change
    DDC: 304.81
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Klimawandel ; Soziale Folgen ; Internationale Migration ; Menschenrechte ; Umweltschutz ; Welt ; Climatic changes ; Social aspects.. ; Emigration and immigration ; Social aspects.. ; Emigration and immigration ; Environmental aspects ; Electronic books ; Population geography ; Climatic changes ; Environmental aspects ; Human ecology ; Konferenzschrift ; Klimaänderung ; Internationale Migration ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Kurzfassung: This book examines the inter-relationship between climate change and migration. It focuses on planned relocation as a policy response to environmentally induced forced migration and analyzes human rights to protect people threatened by environmental change.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 37
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783658012953
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (208 p)
    Paralleltitel: Print version Zwischen Reformeifer und Ernüchterung : Ãœbergänge in beruflichen Lebensläufen
    DDC: 306.3
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): School-to-work transition ; Vocational education ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Konferenzschrift 2012
    Kurzfassung: Bei der Frage der Reformierung des Übergangssystems können wir auf eine über drei Jahrzehnte dauernde Geschichte zurückblicken. Als temporäres Unterstützungsangebot gedacht, zeugen Begriffe wie 'Maßnahmedschungel' und 'Warteschleife' von einer Ernüchterung hinsichtlich der Realisierung von Reformansprüchen beim Übergang von der Schule in die Ausbildung. Dennoch ist der Reformeifer nach wie vor ungebrochen. Die Vielzahl an Programmen und Initiativen signalisieren nicht nur ein wachsendes Problembewusstsein, sondern auch, dass nicht zuletzt durch die Reformen der Reformbedarf steigt. A
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Inhalt; Zwischen Reformeifer und Ernüchterung: Übergänge in beruflichen Lebensläufen; Abstract; 1. Das Übergangssystem als Maßnahmen- und Reformdscbungel; 2. Neue Qualität in der Debatte um Reformen des Übergangssystems; Literatur; Zur Bedeutung und künftigen Entwicklung des Übergangsbereiches - Welche Informationen liefert die integrierte Ausbildungsberichterstattung (iABE)?; Abstract; 1. Ausgangslage; 2. Ausbildungsmarkt und Übergangsprobleme; 3. Datenlage zum Übergangsbereich:Die integrierte Ausbildungsbericbterstattung (iADE)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4. Der Übergangsbereich im Vergleich der anderen Bildungssektoren5. Künftige Entwicklung des Übergangsbereiches; 6. Fazit; Literatur; Ausdifferenzierung von Übergangswegen von der Schule in dieAusbildung. Ergebnisse aus Längsschnittstudien des DJI; Abstract; 1. Ausgangssituation; 2. FragesteUungen; 3. Datengrundlage; 4. Ergebnisse; 4.1 Pläne und Wege nach Beendigung der Schule; 4.2 Verlaufstypen von Bildungs- und Ausbildungswegen in den ersten fünf Übergangsjahren3; 4.3 Determinanten der Verlaufstypen; 4.4 Ergebnisse der qualitativen Interviews; 5. Fazit; Literatur
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Biographische Risiken und schulpädagogische MaßnahmenAbstract; 1. Einleitung; 2. Gesellschaftliche Anforderungen, Kompetenz und Lernen; 3. Das Forschungsprojekt; 3.1 Empirische Befunde: Jugendleben in pädagogischen Maßnahmen; 3.2 Jugendphase und Gesellschaftlichkeit; Literatur; Werkschulen in Bremen - Ergebnisse des ESF-Pilotvorhabens""Entwicklung und Implementation eines Konzeptszur Förderung lernbenachteiligter Jugendlicher durchpraxisorientiertes Lernen""; Ahstract; 1. Einleitung; 2. Konzept der Werkschule; 2.1 Vorläufer der Werkschule und gesetzlicher Rahmen
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.2 Gestaltungsprinzipien des Werkschulkonzepts3. Ergebnisse der Befragung; 3.1 Befragungsergebnisse - Werkschulteam; 3.2 Befragungsergebnisse - Schülerinnen und Schüler; 4. Zusammenfassung und Empfehlungen; Literatur; ""Und Sie bewegt sich doch"" - Das HamburgerAusbildungsmodell und die Veränderungen im Übergangssystem; Abstract; 1. Der ""pädagogische Zwischenraum"" - Chancenlosigkeit durch Bildung; 2. Quantitative Veränderungen: Kehrtwende?; 3. Das ""Hamburger Ausbildungsmodell""; 3.1 Politische Entwicklungslinien der Reform der beruflichen Bildung in Hamburg
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.2 Erste Konturierung des ""Hamburger Ausbildungsmodells""3.2.1 Neue Übergangsstrukturen; 4. Zwischenstand; 5. Fazit; Literatur; Zielkonßikte beruflicher Qualifizierung zwischen Bildungs-, Wirtschafts- und Sozialpolitik; Abstract; 1. Vorbemerkungen; 2. Die These vom Übergangssystem als Kollateralschaden der dualenBerufsaushildung; 3. Das strukturelle Dilemma eines weltweit anerkannten Qualifizierungskonzeptes; 4. Fazit; Literatur; Das Übergangsgeschehen - ein neues ""Dispositiv der Macht""?Bericht über eine Verblüffung; Abstract; 1. Einleitung; 2. Eine merkwürdige Gemengelage
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3. Wahrnehmungen und Diskurse
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 38
    ISBN: 9783531194837
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (275 p)
    Paralleltitel: Print version Mobile Learning : Potenziale, Einsatzszenarien und Perspektiven des Lernens mit mobilen Endgeräten
    DDC: 302.23
    Schlagwort(e): Mobile communication systems in education ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Mobile Learning - das Lernen mithilfe von kleinen drahtlosen Geräten wie Smartphones - etabliert sich als Möglichkeit, selbstgesteuerte Lernprozesse in tägliche Arbeitsabläufe einzubinden, ortsunabhängig Zugang zu Informationen, sozialen Netzwerken oder Lern- und Arbeitswerkzeugen zu haben bzw. auf kleine Lerneinheiten für einen situativen Abruf zugreifen zu können. Unternehmen und (Hoch-)Schulen haben das Potential mobilen Lernens entdeckt. In diesem Sammelband wird das Thema Mobile Learning grundlegend behandelt. Zudem berichten die AutorInnen aus Wirtschaft und Hochschule anhand von Praxi
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Inhalt; 1 Einleitung; Literatur; Teil I Lernen, Arbeiten und Forschen mit Mobile Learning; 2 Vom E-Learning zum Mobile Learning - wie Smartphones und Tablet PCs Lernen und Arbeit verbinden; 2.1 Einleitung: Mobilität als Schlüsselwort unserer Gesellschaft; 2.2 Mobile Learning als Lernform einer mobilen Gesellschaft; 2.3 Mobile Learning als Erweiterung des E-Learning; 2.4 Kontextualisierung; 2.5 Mobiles Lernen im Kontext der Arbeit; 2.6 Die Notwendigkeit von Theorien des Lernens und der Bildung im mobilen Zeitalter; 2.7 Ausblick; 2.8 Literatur
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3 Mobiles Lernen - Systematik, Theorien und Praxis eines noch jungen Forschungsfeldes3.1 Einleitung; 3.1.1 Mobiles Lernen ist …; 3.1.2 Mobiles Lernen will …; 3.2 Die Systematik der medienpädagogischen und erziehungswissen-schaftlichen Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.1 Kontexte der Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.2 Argumentative Bezugspunkte der Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.3 Handlungspraktiken der an der Mobile Learning-Diskussion Beteiligten schaffen die Legitimationsbasis der Mobile Learning-Diskussion; 3.2.4 Struktur des Wissenschaftsprozesses der Mobile Learning-Diskussion
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.3 Theorien, Konzepte und Modelle der Mobile Learning-Diskussion3.3.1 Lernende im Zentrum: Theoretischer und konzeptioneller Rahmen der Sozio-kulturellen Ökologie Mobilen Lernens; 3.3.2 „Lernergenerierte Contexte" als Ressource, Konstruktionsprozess und Möglichkeitsraum; 3.4 Praxis des Mobilen Lernens im Kontext Schule; 3.4.1 Drei Ansätze bei der Implementierung von Mobilem Lernen in die (Unter-richts-) Praxis; 3.4.2 Öffnung des Schulunterrichts; 3.4.3 Gegensätze, Widersprüche und Brüche; 3.4.4 Lehrende als Moderatoren
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.4.5 Lernendenperspektive als Chance, Strukturen im Lernprozess zu revidieren3.5 Abschließende Bemerkungen; 3.6 Literatur; 4 Innovation und Trends für Mobiles Lernen; 4.1 Einleitung; 4.2 Expertenstudie zum Mobilen Lernen; 4.3 Trends und Zukunftsperspektiven Mobilen Lernens; 4.3.1 Smartphones als persönliche Lernportale; 4.3.2 Ortsbasierte und kontextsensitive Lerntechnologie; 4.3.3 Mobile Augmented Reality; 4.3.4 Tangible Interfaces und Smart-Objects; 4.3.5 Die Cloud für unterbrechungsfreies Lernen; 4.3.6 Mobile Lernspiele; 4.3.7 Situierte Ambient Displays; 4.4 Diskussion und Ausblick
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.5 Literatur5 Informelles Mobiles Lernen; 5.1 Einleitung; 5.2 Annäherung an informelles Mobiles Lernen; 5.2.1 Informelles Lernen; 5.2.2 Mobiles Lernen; 5.2.3 Informelles Mobiles Lernen; 5.3 Lerntheoretische und didaktische Bezugspunkte zum informellen Mobilen Lernen; 5.3.1 Lerntheoretische Bezugspunkte informellen Mobilen Lernens; 5.3.2 Didaktisch-methodische Ansatzpunkte; 5.3.3 Anwendungsbeispiele informellen Mobilen Lernens; 5.3.4 Möglichkeiten zur Erfassung und Beschreibung informellen MobilenLernens; 5.4 Kritische Betrachtungen; 5.5 Fazit; 5.6 Literatur
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Teil II Mobile Learning an Universitäten
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 39
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400755642 , 1283909006 , 9781283909006
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 109 p, online resource)
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Epistemology ; Economics ; Ethics ; Economic history ; Social sciences ; Genetic epistemology ; Economics ; Ethics ; Economics Methodology ; Social sciences Methodology ; Wirtschaftswissenschaften ; Praktische Vernunft ; Theoretische Vernunft ; Wirtschaftsphilosophie
    Kurzfassung: Table of contents -- Summary -- Preface -- Chapter I: Introduction -- Chapter II: Nancy Cartwright, Capacities and Nomological Machines: The Role of Theoretical Reason in Science -- Chapter III: Sen’s Capability Approach: The Role of Practical Reason in Social Science -- Chapter IV: The Contributions of Aristotle’s Thought to the Capability Approach -- Chapter V: Socio-Economic Machines and Practical Models of Development: The Role of the Human Development Index -- Chapter VI: Conclusion: Theoretical and Practical Reason in Economics
    Kurzfassung: The aim of the book is to argue for the restoration of theoretical and practical reason to economics. It presents Nancy Cartwright and Amartya Sen’s ideas as cases of this restoration and sees Aristotle as an influence on their thought. It looks at how we can use these ideas to develop a valuable understanding of practical reason for solving concrete problems in science and society. Cartwright’s capacities are real causes of events. Sen’s capabilities are the human person’s freedoms or possibilities. They relate these concepts to Aristotelian concepts. This suggests that these concepts can be combined. Sen’s capabilities are Cartwright’s capacities in the human realm; capabilities are real causes of events in economic life. Institutions allow us to deliberate on and guide our decisions about capabilities, through the use of practical reason. Institutions thus embody practical reason and infuse certain predictability into economic action. The book presents a case study: the UNDP’s HDI
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Theoreticaland PracticalReason in Economics; Preface; Contents; Summary; 1 Introduction; References; 2 Nancy Cartwright, Capacities and Nomological Machines: The Role of Theoretical Reason in Science; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Cartwright-Aristotle Connection; 2.2.1 The Connection; 2.2.2 The Ontology of Capacities; 2.2.3 The Epistemology of Capacities; 2.3 Cartwright's Skepticism About Capacities in the Social Realm; 2.3.1 Cartwright's Skepticism; 2.3.2 Julian Reiss's Interpretation and Proposal; 2.4 Socio-Economic Machines; 2.5 Conclusion; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3 Sen's Capability Approach: The Role of Practical Reason in Social Science3.1 Introducing the Capability Approach; 3.2 Some Problems in Sen's CA; 3.2.1 Identification of Valuable Capabilities: The Debate Over Lists of Capabilities; 3.2.2 Heterogeneity and Incommensurability; References; 4 The Contributions of Aristotle's Thought to the Capability Approach; 4.1 Aristotle on Lists; 4.1.1 The Supposedly Aristotelian List; 4.1.2 The True Aristotelian List; 4.1.3 Back to Sen; 4.2 "Practical Comparability" as a Way of Overcoming Incommensurability14; 4.2.1 The Aristotelian Conception
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.2.1.1 Commensuration4.2.1.2 Comparison by Intensity or Degree of Quality; 4.2.1.3 Comparison by Priority; 4.2.2 Back to Sen; 4.3 Some Conclusions Regarding the Aristotelian Contribution to the CA; 4.4 Capabilities and Capacities; 4.5 Conclusion; References; 5 Chapter Socio: -Economic Machines and Practical Models of Development: The Role of the HDI; 5.1 Socio-Economic Machines; 5.2 The HDI4; 5.3 Some Problems with Index Numbers and the HDI; 5.4 Theoretical and Practical Reason in the HDI
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.5 Conclusion: The Role of the HDI for the Construction of a Normative Socio-Economic Machine of Human DevelopmentReferences; 6 Conclusion: Theoretical and Practical Reason in Economics; Reference
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 40
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746855
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIII, 222 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Religion and place
    DDC: 304.2
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Religion (General) ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Religion ; Ort ; Politik
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 41
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400767546
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 264 p, digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Humanities ; Anthropology ; Consciousness ; Social Sciences ; Politische Psychologie ; Kritische Theorie
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 42
    ISBN: 9789400746534
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 306 p. 9 illus, digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Economic and political change in Asia and Europe
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Population ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Population ; Demography ; East Asia ; Economic policy ; East Asia ; Economic conditions ; East Asia ; Social policy ; East Asia ; Social conditions ; Europe ; Economic policy ; Europe ; Economic conditions ; Europe ; Social policy ; Europe ; Social conditions
    Kurzfassung: Since the 1973 publication of Alain Peyrefittes prophetic When China Awakens, developments in East Asia have outstripped even the wildest predictions. China has undergone the fastest industrialization and urbanization process in history, yet tensions there are rising as some realize how far they have been left behind. This volume explores the applicability of European economic and social models to our analysis of East Asias and, in particular, Chinas situation. Though millions of Chinese and other Asian people have been lifted out of poverty, inequality is rising nonetheless, and contemporary Europe and Asia are both witnessing collective action against rampant economic neoliberalism in the former and the exclusion of minorities in the latter. It is difficult to overstate the relevance of this assessment, which seeks answers to some central questions: Can events in Europe serve as a model for those in East Asia? Are there similarities or differences between the two regions? To what extent do political, economic or social systems stimulate or inhibit collective action? How culturally equivalent are the collective actions of marginalized/ disadvantaged people in the two locations, or are events in Europe symptomatic of specific cultural attributes? Comparing and contrasting the research tools and dominant paradigms in the social and economic sciences in East Asia and Europe, as this volume does, throws out some revealing results.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Economic and Political Change in Asia and Europe; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Appendices; Abbreviations; Chapter 1: Collective Action and Relatively Powerless People in Europe and Asia; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Social and Economic Backdrops; 1.3 Recession and Social Movements; 1.4 Common Traits: Asia and Europe; 1.5 Chapter Descriptions; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Part I: Economic, Political and Social Globalization in Asia and Europe; Chapter 2: Economic Change and Social Dynamics: Converging and Diverging Trends Across Different Economies; 2.1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.2 Growth, Structural Change, and Macro Socioeconomic Performance by Broad World Region2.3 Economic Growth, Development, and Poverty; 2.3.1 Broad Trends in Terms of Poverty and Inequality; 2.3.2 Impact of the Recent and Current Economic Shocks; 2.4 Convergence and Equality in the EU; 2.4.1 Between-Country Economic Convergence; 2.4.2 Convergence Across Socioeconomic Groups in the EU; 2.5 The Case of Asia; 2.5.1 Convergence Across Asian Countries; 2.5.2 Convergence Across Socioeconomic Groups in Asia; 2.6 Conclusions; 2.7 Appendices
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Appendix 2.1 List of Countries Included in the Major World Regions (See Table  2.1)Appendix 2.2 Indicators Developed (or Being Developed) by the Commission so as to Measure Social Cohesion (Sample); References; Chapter 3: European Integration, Social Cohesion, and Political Contentiousness; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The European Structure of Grievances: The Renaissance of "Old" Issues; 3.3 Social Cohesion in Europe: Spatial and Social Cleavages; 3.3.1 Social Cohesion: The Core and the Peripheries; 3.3.2 Social Cohesion and Class
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.4 Discussion and Conclusions: Social Cohesion and the Political Sociology of EuropeReferences; Chapter 4: Images and Frameworks of Collective Action in China; 4.1 Assumptions from a Western Concept; 4.2 Reconstruction of a Chinese Traditional Heritage; 4.2.1 Interpersonal Relations, Intention, Ritual, and Mankind; 4.2.2 Traces of Collectivity in Chinese History; 4.3 The Affirmative Societal Role of Collective Action; 4.3.1 Statehood, Citizens, and Welfare; 4.3.2 Authoritarianism, Democratization, and Collective Action; 4.4 Collective Action with Chinese Characteristics; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 5: European Governance and Democracy5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Immigration and Citizenship: Building the Fortress; 5.3 Organizing the Unemployed Within the Member States; 5.4 European Marches and Alter-Globalization Movements; 5.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Agricultural Markets and Food Riots: The European Union and Asia Compared; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Main Drivers Affecting the Food System; 6.3 Prices Crisis or Food Crisis?; 6.4 Food Riots and Policy Responses; 6.5 Food Aid Policies; 6.6 Concluding Remarks; References; Part II: Social Movements in a Transnational Perspective
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 7: Marginalization and Transnationalizing Movements: How Does One Relate to the Other?
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 43
    ISBN: 9789048189212
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXXVI, 299 p. 18 illus, digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Crime, HIV and health
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Public health ; Criminology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Criminology ; Sozialwissenschaften ; Public health ; Kriminologie ; Aufsatzsammlung ; USA ; Öffentliches Gesundheitswesen ; Kriminalität ; HIV ; USA ; Strafjustiz ; HIV ; Gesundheitsgefährdung
    Kurzfassung: Carefully selected to reflect the latest research at the interface between public health and criminal justice in the US, these contributions each focus on an aspect of the relationship. How, for example, might a person's criminal activity adversely affect their health or their risk of exposure to HIV infection? The issues addressed in this volume are at the heart of policy in both public health and criminal justice. The authors track a four-fold connection between the two fields, exploring the mental and physical health of incarcerated populations; the health consequences of crime, substance abuse, violence and risky sexual behaviors; the extent to which high crime rates are linked to poor health outcomes in the same neighborhood; and the results of public health interventions among traditional criminal justice populations. As well as exploring these urgent issues, this anthology features a wealth of remarkable interdisciplinary contributions that see public health researchers focusing on crime, while criminologists attend to public health issues. The papers provide empirical data tracking, for example, the repercussions on public health of a fear of crime among residents of high-crime neighborhoods, and the correlations between HIV status and outcomes, and an individual's history of criminal activity. Providing social scientists and policy makers with vital pointers on how the criminal justice and public health sectors might work together on the problems common to both, this collection breaks new ground by combining the varying perspectives of a number of key disciplines
    Kurzfassung: Carefully selected to reflect the latest research at the interface between public health and criminal justice in the US, these contributions each focus on an aspect of the relationship. How, for example, might a persons criminal activity adversely affect their health or their risk of exposure to HIV infection? The issues addressed in this volume are at the heart of policy in both public health and criminal justice. The authors track a four-fold connection between the two fields, exploring the mental and physical health of incarcerated populations; the health consequences of crime, substance abuse, violence and risky sexual behaviors; the extent to which high crime rates are linked to poor health outcomes in the same neighborhood; and the results of public health interventions among traditional criminal justice populations.As well as exploring these urgent issues, this anthology features a wealth of remarkable interdisciplinary contributions that see public health researchers focusing on crime, while criminologists attend to public health issues. The papers provide empirical data tracking, for example, the repercussions on public health of a fear of crime among residents of high-crime neighborhoods, and the correlations between HIV status and outcomes, and an individuals history of criminal activity. Providing social scientists and policy makers with vital pointers on how the criminal justice and public health sectors might work together on the problems common to both, this collection breaks new ground by combining the varying perspectives of a number of key disciplines.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Crime, HIV and Health: Intersections of Criminal Justice and Public Health Concerns; Introduction; References; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Crime and Public Health in the United States; 1.1 Substance Use and Violence; 1.2 Vulnerable Populations, Negative Health Outcomes, and Incarceration; 1.3 Exploring Common Ground: Criminal Justice and Public Health; 1.3.1 Incarceration; 1.3.2 Health Risk Behaviors Among High-Risk Youth; 1.3.3 Crime, Health, and Space; 1.3.4 Public Health Interventions and Criminal Justice Populations; References; Part I: The Health of Incarcerated Populations
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 2: A Longitudinal Study of the Prevalence, Development, and Persistence of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors in Delinquent Youth: Implications for Health Care in the Community2.1 Methods; 2.1.1 Sampling Procedures; 2.1.2 Procedures to Obtain Assent and Consent; 2.1.3 Participants; 2.1.4 Procedures for Data Collection; 2.1.5 Measures; 2.1.6 Missing Data; 2.1.6.1 Missing Cases; 2.1.6.2 Missing Data from Interviews Conducted by Telephone; 2.1.7 Independent Variables; 2.1.8 Statistical Analysis; 2.2 Results; 2.2.1 Prevalence of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.2.1.1 Comparing the Baseline and Follow-up InterviewsMales; Females; 2.2.1.2 Prevalence at Follow-up; Males; Females; 2.2.1.3 Gender Differences; 2.2.1.4 Age Differences (Data Not Shown); 2.2.2 Development of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors; 2.2.2.1 Gender Differences; 2.2.2.2 Racial/Ethnic Differences; 2.2.3 Persistence of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors; 2.2.3.1 Gender Differences; 2.2.3.2 Racial/Ethnic Differences; 2.3 Discussion; 2.4 Limitations; 2.5 Conclusions; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 3: Risky Sexual Behavior and Negative Health Consequences Among Incarcerated Female Adolescents: Implications for Public Health Policy and Practice3.1 Pathways into Delinquency for Female Adolescents; 3.2 Health Service Needs and Service Gaps among Incarcerated Female Adolescents; 3.3 STD Screening and Treatment in Juvenile Detention Settings in California; 3.3.1 Profiles of Project Participants and Qualitative Findings; 3.3.2 Qualitative Findings: Condom Use; 3.3.3 Qualitative Findings: Family Life; 3.3.4 Overlap of Family Conflict, Substance Use and Risky Sexual Behaviors
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.4 DiscussionReferences; Chapter 4: Disparities in Mental Health Diagnosis and Treatment Among African Americans: Implications for the Correctional Systems; 4.1 Disparities in Mental Health Diagnoses and Treatment; 4.1.1 Anxiety; 4.1.2 Depression; 4.1.3 Bipolar Disorder; 4.1.4 Schizophrenia; 4.1.5 Treatment Disparities; 4.2 Implications for Correctional Settings; References; Part II: Health Consequences of Crime and Risk Behaviors; Chapter 5: Methamphetamine Use, Personality Traits, and High-Risk Behaviors; 5.1 Research Methods; 5.1.1 Sample Recruitment; 5.1.2 Measures; 5.2 Study Results
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.2.1 Sample
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 44
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746237
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VIII, 277 p. 51 illus., 10 illus. in color, digital)
    Serie: Understanding Population Trends and Processes 6
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Spatial microsimulation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Economics Statistics ; Quality of Life Research ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Economics Statistics ; Quality of Life Research ; Demography ; Spatial analysis (Statistics) ; Space ; Computer simulation ; Statistical matching ; Demography ; Demographie ; Räumliche Statistik ; Mikrosimulation
    Kurzfassung: This book is a practical guide on how to design, create and validate a spatial microsimulation model. These models are becoming more popular as academics and policy makers recognise the value of place in research and policy making. Recent spatial microsimulation models have been used to analyse health and social disadvantage for small areas; and to look at the effect of policy change for small areas. This provides a powerful analysis tool for researchers and policy makers. This book covers preparing the data for spatial microsimulation; a number of methods for both static and dynamic spatial microsimulation models; validation of the models to ensure the outputs are reasonable; and the future of spatial microsimulation. The book will be an essential handbook for any researcher or policy maker looking to design and create a spatial microsimulation model. This book will also be useful to those policy makers who are commissioning a spatial microsimulation model, or looking to commission work using a spatial microsimulation model, as it provides information on the different methods in a non-technical way.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Spatial Microsimulation: A Reference Guide for Users; Foreword; Contents; Part I: Background; Chapter 1: Introduction to Spatial Microsimulation: History, Methods and Applications; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History of Spatial Microsimulation; 1.3 Applications of Spatial Microsimulation Models; 1.4 Validation of Spatial Microsimulation Models; 1.5 The Future; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Building a Static Spatial Microsimulation Model: Data Preparation; 2.1 Data Sources and Requirements; 2.2 Sample Scope; 2.3 Unit of Analysis; 2.3.1 Non-private Dwellings
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3.2 Non-classifiable Households2.4 Population Imputation; 2.4.1 Imputation of Child Records; 2.4.2 Imputation of a Non-private Dwelling Population; 2.5 Matching Variable Definitions in the Sample Survey and the Census; 2.6 Uprating and Deflating; 2.7 Balancing Data; 2.8 Conclusion; References; Part II: Static Spatial Microsimulation Models; Chapter 3: An Evaluation of Two Synthetic Small-Area Microdata Simulation Methodologies: Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.1 Background; 3.2 Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation Methodologies
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.2.1 Synthetic Reconstruction3.2.2 Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.3 Innovations in Synthetic Reconstruction; 3.3.1 Modified Monte Carlo Sampling; 3.3.2 Statistical Justification of Reconstruction Order; 3.3.3 Modelled 100% Counts of 10% Data; 3.3.4 Improved Data Linkage; 3.3.5 Data Reconciliation; 3.4 Innovations in Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.4.1 Validated Random Number Generation; 3.4.2 Sequential Table Fitting; 3.4.3 Stratified Household Selection; 3.4.4 RSSZ*: A New Selection Criterion; 3.4.5 Stopping Rules; 3.5 Understanding Between-Area Variation; 3.5.1 Spatial Concentration
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.5.2 Multicollinearity3.6 A Framework for Validating Small-Area Microdata; 3.6.1 Identification of Appropriate Measures of Fit; 3.6.2 Innovations in Types of Fit Measured; 3.7 The Impact on Combinatorial Optimisation of Selected Improvements; 3.7.1 Substitution of TAE with RSSZ *; 3.7.2 Stratified Household Selection; 3.8 Synthetic Reconstruction vs. Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.8.1 ED-Level Mean Fit; 3.8.2 ED-Level Fit of the Mean; 3.8.3 Ward-Level Fit; 3.8.4 Fit of Unconstrained Counts; 3.9 Conclusion; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 4: Estimating Small-Area Income Deprivation : An Iterative Proportional Fitting Approach4.1 Background; 4.2 Small-Area Income Estimation Methods; 4.3 The Iterative Proportion Fitting Approach; 4.3.1 Definition of Income; 4.3.2 Choice of Constraint Variables; 4.3.3 Small-Area IPF Algorithm Implementation; 4.4 Results; 4.5 Validation; 4.6 Conclusions and Future Directions; References; Chapter 5: SimObesity: Combinatorial Optimisation (Deterministic) Model; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Why Use Spatial Microsimulation Modelling to Model Disease Data?; 5.2.1 Why Use a Deterministic Model?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.3 SimObesity Methodology
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Part 1: Background: Chapter 1: Introduction to spatial microsimulation - History, Methods and Applications: Robert Tanton and Kimberley Edwards -- Chapter 2: Building a static spatial microsimulation model: data preparation: Rebecca Cassells, Riyana Miranti and Ann Harding -- Part 2: Static spatial microsimulation models -- Chapter 3: An Evaluation of Two Synthetic Small-Area Microdata simulation methodologies: Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation methodologies: Paul Williamson -- Chapter 4: Estimating Small Area Income Deprivation: An Iterative Proportional Fitting Approach: Ben Anderson -- Chapter 5: SimObesity: Combinatorial Optimisation (deterministic) model: Kimberley Edwards and Graham Clarke -- Chapter 6: Spatial Microsimulation using a generalised regression model: Robert Tanton, Ann Harding and Justine McNamara -- Chapter 7: Creating a Spatial Microsimulation model of the Irish Local Economy: Niall Farrell, Karyn Morrissey and Cathal O’Donoghue -- Chapter 8: Linking static spatial microsimulation modelling to meso-scale models: The Relationship between Access to GP services & Long Term Illness: Karyn Morrissey, Graham Clarke and Cathal O’Donoghue -- Chapter 9: Projections using a static Spatial Microsimulation model: Yogi Vidyattama and Robert Tanton -- Chapter 10: Limits of static Spatial Microsimulation models: Robert Tanton and Kimberley Edwards -- Part 3: Dynamic spatial microsimulation models -- Chapter 11: Moses: A dynamic spatial microsimulation model for demographic planning: Belinda Wu and Mark Birkin -- Chapter 12: Design principles for micro models: Einar Holm and Kalle Mäkilä -- Chapter 13: SimEducation: a dynamic spatial microsimulation model for understanding educational inequalities: Dimitris Kavroudakis, Dimitris Ballas and Mark Birkin -- Chapter 14: Challenges for spatial dynamic microsimulation modelling: Mark Birkin -- Part 4: Validation of spatial microsimulation models and conclusion -- Chapter 15: Validation of spatial microsimulation models: Kimberley Edwards and Robert Tanton -- Chapter 16: Conclusions and the future of spatial microsimulation modelling: Graham Clarke and Ann Harding..
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 45
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781299702011 , 9789400762688
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 190 S. 36) , Ill.
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Sustainable development ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Sustainable development ; Human Geography
    Kurzfassung: We all view the ubiquitous term ‘sustainability’ as a worthwhile goal. But how can we apply the principles of sustainability in the real world, at the sharp end of communities in developing nations where income insecurity is the troubled norm? This volume provides some practical answers, explaining the precepts of the ‘sustainable livelihood approach’ (SLA) through the case study of a microfinance scheme in Africa. The case study, centered around the work of the Catholic Church’s Diocesan Development Services organization, involved an SLA implemented over two years designed in part to help enhance its existing microfinance operation through closer links between local communities and international donors. The book’s central conclusion is that we must move beyond the concept of sustainable livelihood itself, with its in-built polarities between developed and developing nations, and embrace a more global notion of ‘sustainable lifestyle’; a more nuanced and inclusive approach that encompasses not just how we make a sustainable living, but how we can live sustainable lives
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Sustainable Livelihood Approach; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Abbreviations; 1 Sustainability and Sustainable Livelihoods; 1.1 The Future of Sustainability; 1.2 The Multiverse of Sustainability; 1.3 Practicing Sustainability; 1.4 Structure of the Book; 2 The Theory Behind the Sustainable Livelihood Approach; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The SLA Framework; 2.3 Definitions of SLA; 2.4 Origins of SLA; 2.5 Capital in SLA; 2.6 Vulnerability and Institutional Context; 2.7 Representation Within SLA; 2.8 The Attractions and Popularity of SLA; 2.9 Critiques of SLA
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.10 SLA for Evidence-Based Intervention2.11 Conclusion; 3 Context of the Sustainable Livelihood Approach; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Governing an African Giant; 3.3 Economic Development in Nigeria; 3.4 A Kingdom Discovered; 3.5 Igala Livelihoods; An Overview; 3.6 The Diocesan Development Services in Igalaland; 3.7 New Pastures; 3.8 Choice of Villages for the SLA; 3.9 Conclusions; 4 The Sustainable Livelihood Approach in Practice; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Sample Households; 4.3 Human Capital: The Households; 4.3.1 Household M1 (Headed by the Village Chief)
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.3.2 Household M2 (Headed by a Senior Igbo)4.3.3 Household M3(Igbo Community Leader); 4.3.4 Household M4 (farmer and business man); 4.3.5 Household E1 (Farmer and Vigilante); 4.3.6 Household E2(Madaki of Edeke); 4.3.7 Household E3 (Farmer and Fisherman); 4.3.8 Household E4 (Madaki in Edeke); 4.4 Natural Capital: Land and Farming; 4.5 Natural Capital: Trees; 4.6 Social Capital: Networks; 4.7 Physical Capital: Assets for Income Generation; 4.8 Financial Capital: Household Budgets; 4.9 Vulnerability and Institutional Contexts; 4.10 Did SLA Succeed?; 4.11 Conclusions; 5 Livelihood into Lifestyle
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.1 Introduction5.2 How SLA?; 5.3 Where SLA?; 5.4 Transferability of SLA; 5.5 Livelihood into Lifestyle; 5.6 Conclusions; References; Index
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 46
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400742765
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXI, 636 p. 29 illus, digital)
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed. 2013
    Serie: Handbooks of Sociology and Social Research
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Handbook of the sociology of mental health
    Paralleltitel: Print version Handbook of the Sociology of Mental Health
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Public health ; Psychiatry ; Psychology, clinical ; Consciousness ; Social Sciences ; Social psychiatry ; Mental illness ; Social aspects ; Psychische Störung ; Psychische Gesundheit ; Medizinsoziologie
    Kurzfassung: This second edition of the Handbook of the Sociology of Mental Health features theory-driven reviews of recent research with a comprehensive approach to the investigation of the ways in which society shapes the mental health of its members and the lives of those who have been diagnosed as having a mental illnessThe award-winning Handbook is distinctive in its focus on how the organization and functioning of society influences the occurrence of mental disorder and its consequences. A core issue that runs throughout the text concerns the differential distribution of mental illness across various social strata, defined by status characteristics such as gender, race/ethnicity, socioeconomic status, and age. The contributions to this volume shed light on the social, cultural, and economic factors that explain why some social groups have an elevated risk of disorder. They also address the social repercussions of mental disorder for individuals, including stigmatization within the larger society, and for their families and social networks.The second edition of this seminal volume includes substantial updates to previous chapters, as well as seven new chapters on: -The Individuals Experience of Mental Illness.--The Medicalization of Mental Illness.---Age, Aging, and Mental Health.- -Religion and Mental Health.- -Neighborhoods and Mental Health.- -Mental Health and the Lawand Public Beliefs about Mental Illness.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 47
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400761285
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (VI, 231 p. 17 illus, digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Social morphogenesis
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Konferenzschrift ; Sozialer Wandel
    Kurzfassung: The rate of social change has speeded up in the last three decades, but how do we explain this? This volume ventures what the generative mechanism is that produces such rapid change and discusses how this differs from late Modernity. Contributors examine if an intensification of morphogenesis (positive feedback that results in a change in social form) and a corresponding reduction in morphostasis (negative feedback that restores or reproduces the form of the social order) best captures the process involved. This volume resists proclaiming a new social formation as so many books written by empiricists have done by extrapolating from empirical data. Until we can convincingly demonstrate that a new generative mechanism is at work, it is premature to argue what accounts for the global changes that are taking place and where they will lead. More concisely we seek to answer the question whether or not current social change can be regarded as social morphogenesis. Only then, in the next volumes will the same team of authors be able to remove the question mark
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Social Morphogenesis; Contents; 1 Social Morphogenesis and the Prospects of Morphogenic Society; 1.1…Part 1. Social Morphogenesis and Societal Transformation?; The Rapidity of Social Change and Empiricism's Shortcomings; Social Morphogenesis: From Toolkit to Theory; Three Levels of Social Morphogenesis; Transformations of the Third-Order; References; Part I Social Morphogenesis and Societal Transformation?; 2 Morphogenesis and Social Change; 2.1…The Morphogenetic Approach; 2.2…Social Change Understood Morphogenetically; 2.3…The Morphogenetic Approach Versus the Current Conflationisms
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.4…Where Are We Now?References; 3 The Morphogenetic Approach and the Idea of a Morphogenetic Society: The Role of Regularities; 3.1…The Topic: Morphogenesis from Meta-Theory to Forms of Social Order; 3.2…Morphogenesis and Regularity: Making Friends with Old Enemies?; 3.3…Duration, Pace, Trajectory, Turning Points, Transitions, and Cycles: New Bricks for the Morphogenetic Fabric; 3.4…Conclusion; References; 4 Emergence and Morphogenesis: Causal Reduction and Downward Causation?; 4.1…Emergence; Causal Reduction and Downward Causation; 4.2…Causal Reduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 9 Network Analysis and Morphogenesis: A Neo-Structural Exploration and Illustration
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 1. Introduction: Social Morphogenesis and the Prospects of Morphogenic Society; Margaret S. Archer -- PART I. SOCIAL CHANGE AS MORPHOGENESIS.- Chapter 2. Morphogenesis and Social Change; Douglas V. Porpora -- Chapter 3. The Morphogenetic Approach and the Idea  of Morphogenetic Society. The Role of Regularities; Andrea M. Maccarini -- Chapter 4. Emergence and Morphognesis: Causal Reduction and Downward Causation; Tony Lawson -- Chapter 5 Morphogenesis, Continuity and Change in the International Political System; Colin Wight -- PART II. SOCIAL FORMATIONS AND THEIR RE-FORMATION -- Chapter 6. Self-Organization: What is it, What isn't it and What's it Got to Do with Morphogenesis; Kate Forbes-Pitt -- Chapter 7. Self-Organization as the Mechanism of Development and Evolution in Social Systems; Wolfgang Hofkirchner -- Chapter 8. Morphogenetic Society: Self-Government and Self-Organization as Misleading Metaphors; Maragaret S. Archer.- PART III. SOCIAL NETWORKS: LINKAGES OR BONDS -- Chapter 9. Network Analysis and Morphogenesis: A Neo-Structural Exploration and Illustration; Emmanuel Lazega -- Chapter 10. Authority's Hidden Networks: Obligations, Roles and the Morphogenesis of Authority; Ismael Al-Amoudi -- Chapter 11. Morphogenesis and Social Networks: Relational Steering not Mechanical Feedback; Pierpaolo Donati.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 48
    ISBN: 9789400761070
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVI, 382 p. 29 illus., 4 illus. in color, digital)
    Serie: MARE Publication Series 7
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Wildlife management ; Marine Sciences ; Humanities ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Wildlife management ; Marine Sciences ; Humanities ; Fischerei ; Governance
    Kurzfassung: Following in the footsteps of the book Fish for Life - Interactive Governance for Fisheries (Kooiman et al., 2005), and the interdisciplinary approach it presents, this volume illustrates the contribution of interactive governance theory to understanding core fisheries and aquaculture challenges. These challenges are invariably linked to broader concerns such as ecosystem health, social justice, sustainable livelihoods and food security. The central concept in this perspective is governability - the varied capacity to govern fisheries and aquaculture systems sustainably. Many of these systems are characterized by problems that are inherently 'wicked' and therefore difficult to address. The authors of this edited volume argue that responses to such problems must consider context; specifically the character of the fisheries and aquaculture systems themselves, their institutional conditions, and the internal and external interactions that affect them. Drawing on a diverse set of international experiences, the volume offers a new lens and systematic approach to analysing the nature of governance problems and opportunities in fisheries and aquaculture, exploring pressing challenges and identifying potential solutions. ”It now seems clear that the crisis in the world’s fisheries [is] a much larger and more complex problem than many had imagined. Yet, examining it through the lens of governability may offer the best hope for alleviating it--as well as alleviating similar crises in other social systems.” James R. McGoodwin (Professor Emeritus, University of Colorado)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 49
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400740846 , 1282056964 , 9781282056961
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 269 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Serie: Child Maltreatment, Contemporary Issues in Research and Policy 1
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. C. Henry Kempe
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Public health ; Pediatrics ; Quality of Life ; Social work ; Quality of Life Research ; Developmental psychology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Pediatrics ; Quality of Life ; Social work ; Quality of Life Research ; Developmental psychology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Bibliografie ; Kindesmisshandlung ; Kempe, Charles Henry 1922-1984 ; Kindesmisshandlung ; Kempe, Charles Henry 1922-1984
    Kurzfassung: The book series, 'Child Maltreatment: Contemporary Issues in Research and Policy.' will consist of a state of the art handbook (to be revised every five years) and two to three volumes per year. The first volume in this series is a legacy to C. Henry Kempe. This is a timely publication because 2012 marks 50 years after the appearance of the foundational article by C. Henry Kempe and his colleagues, 'The Battered-Child Syndrome.' This volume capitalizes on this 50 year anniversary to stand back and assess the field from the perspective that Dr. Kempes early contributions and ideas are still being played out in practice and policy today. The volume will be released at the next ISPCAN meeting, also in 2012.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 50
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746084 , 1283633876 , 9781283633871
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIV, 348 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Hautfarbe ; Bleichen ; Ethnische Beziehungen ; Rassendiskriminierung
    Kurzfassung: In the aftermath of the 60s "Black is Beautiful movement and publication of The Color Complex almost thirty years later the issue of skin color has mushroomed onto the world stage of social science. Such visibility has inspired publication of the Melanin Millennium for insuring that the discourse on skin color meet the highest standards of accuracy and objective investigation. This volume addresses the issue of skin color in a worldwide context. A virtual visit to countries that have witnessed a huge rise in the use of skin whitening products and facial feature surgeries aiming for a more Caucasian-like appearance will be taken into account. The book also addresses the question of whether using the laws has helped to redress injustices of skin color discrimination, or only further promoted recognition of its divisiveness among people of color and Whites. The Melanin Millennium has to do with now and the future. In the 20th century science including eugenics was given to and dominated by discussions of race category. Heretofore there remain social scientists and other relative to the issue of skin color loyal to race discourse. However in their interpretation and analysis of social phenomena the world has moved on. Thus while race dominated the 20th century the 21st century will emerge as a global community dominated by skin color and making it the melanin millennium.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Melanin Millennium; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: The Bleaching Syndrome: Western Civilization vis-à-vis Inferiorized People of Color; References; Chapter 2: The Historical and Cultural Influences of Skin Bleaching in Tanzania; Historical and Cultural Influences: Institutions That Placed Tanzanians in a Color-Conscious Society; Enslaved by the Arabs; Controlled by the British, Colonized by the Germans; The Cycle Continues: Postcolonization; Westernization and Neocolonialism
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: How Color-Conscious Societies Fuel Potent Skin-Color Ideals That Result in Efforts to Assimilate into Dominant GroupsIntrapsychic Conflict and Motivation to Assimilate; The Psychological Consequences of Living in Color-Conscious Societies; Inferiority and Low Self-Esteem; Identity Development; Where to Go from Here; Research Implications; Policy and Practice Implications; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Pathophysiology and Psychopathology of Skin Bleaching and Implications of Skin Colour in Africa; Introduction; Skin Colour: Anatomy, Biochemistry, and Physiology
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Body Dysmorphic Disorder (BDD)What Are the Causes of Somatoform Disorders?; The Light Skin Fad; Pathophysiology of Skin Bleaching; Mechanisms of Skin Bleaching; Trigger Factors: Psychosocial Disturbances; Exposure to Bleaching Agents; Alteration of the Skin Biochemical and Anatomical Composition; In Contemporary Africa; References; Chapter 4: An Introduction to Japanese Society's Attitudes Toward Race and Skin Color; Introduction; Historical Japanese Treatments of Foreigners, Based Upon Skin Color; Roots of the Coloring of the World: Fukuzawa Yukichi's Theories of "Civilization"
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Otaru Onsens Case and Japan's Judicial Valuation of Skin ColorContemporary Japanese Media Expressions of Valuation of Skin Color; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Mapping Color and Caste Discrimination in Indian Society; Foregrounding Racism in India; Revisiting the Mythical "Aryan Supremacy"; What Scriptures Say; Aryans, Varna, and Jāti; Revisiting the Aryan Supremacy; Questioning the Aryan Supremacy Myth: Non-Brahmanical Contestations; Notion of Beauty and Contemporary Forms of Preserving White Superiority; Notions of Femininity and Beauty in India; Whitening Cream Culture; Conclusion
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ReferencesChapter 6: Indigeneity on Guahan: Skin Color as a Measure of Decolonization; Introduction; Traditional Concepts of Skin Color; The Impact of Colonization and Western Values; Indigeneity and Decolonization; Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: A Tale of Two Cultures; References; Chapter 8: Where Are You From?; Introduction: The "Where Are You From?" Question; How to Answer the "Where Are You From?" Question; The Founding Migration; The Founding Origin; Melanin: An Insuperable Sign of Otherness?; Promise and Delusion of a Project?; Assimilation and Integration
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Ethnic Statistics in France: Wishes and Fears
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 51
    ISBN: 9789400749146
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 516 p. 185 illus, digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Artificial intelligence ; Social sciences Methodology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Artificial intelligence ; Social sciences Methodology
    Kurzfassung: This book provides a thorough summary of the means currently available to the investigators of Artificial Intelligence for making criminal behavior (both individual and collective) foreseeable, and for assisting their investigative capacities. The volume provides chapters on the introduction of artificial intelligence and machine learning suitable for an upper level undergraduate with exposure to mathematics and some programming skill or a graduate course. It also brings the latest research in Artificial Intelligence to life with its chapters on fascinating applications in the area of law enforcement, though much is also being accomplished in the fields of medicine and bioengineering. Individuals with a background in Artificial Intelligence will find the opening chapters to be an excellent refresher but the greatest excitement will likely be the law enforcement examples, for little has been done in that area. The editors have chosen to shine a bright light on law enforcement analytics utilizing artificial neural network technology to encourage other researchers to become involved in this very important and timely field of study.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Dedication -- Preface.- Chapter 1. Introduction to Artificial Networks and Law Enforcement Analytics; William J. Tastle -- Chapter 2. Law Enforcement and Artificial Intelligence; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 3. The General Philosophy of Artificial Adaptive Systems; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 4. A Brief Introduction to Evolutionary Algorithms and the Genetic Doping Algorithm; M. Buscema, M. Capriotti -- Chapter 5. Artificial Adaptive Systems in Data Visualization: Pro-Active data; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 6. The Metropolitan Police Service Central Drug Trafficking Database: Evidence of Need; Geoffrey Monaghan and Stefano Terzi -- Chapter 7. Supervised Artificial neural Networks: Back Propagation Neural Networks; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 8. Pre-Processing Tools for Non-Linear Data Sets; Massimo Buscema, Alessandra Mancini and Marco Breda -- Chapter 9. Metaclassifiers; Massimo Buscema, Stefano Terzi -- Chapter 10. Auto Identification of a Drug Seller Utilizing a Specialized Supervised Neural Network; Massimo Buscema and Marco Intraligi -- Chapter 11. Visualization and Clustering of Self-Organizing Maps; Giulia Massini -- Chapter 12. Self-Organizing Maps: Identifying Non-Linear Relationships in Massive Drug Enforcement Databases; Guila Massini -- Chapter 13. Theory of Constraint Satisfaction Neural Networks; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 14. Application of the Constraint Satisfaction Network; Marco Intraligi and Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 15. Auto-Contractive Maps, h Function and the Maximally regular Graph: A new methodology for data mining; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 16. Analysis of a Complex Dataset Using the Combined MST and Auto Contractive Map; Giovanni Pieri -- Chapter 17. Auto Contractive Mapsand Minimal Spanning tree: Organization of Complex datasets on criminal behavior to aid in the deduction of network connectivity; Giula Massini and Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 18. Data Mining Using Non-linear Auto Associative Artificial Neural Networks: The Arrestee Dataset; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 19. Artificial Adaptive System for Parallel Querying of Multiple Databases; Massimo Buscema.-.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 52
    ISBN: 9789400755963
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 108 p. 3 illus, digital)
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Sociology
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Hamby, Sherry L. The web of violence
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Social sciences Methodology ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Developmental psychology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Social sciences Methodology ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Developmental psychology ; Gewalttätigkeit ; Risikofaktor ; Korrelation
    Kurzfassung: There is an increasing appreciation of the interconnections among all forms of violence. These interconnections have critical implications for conducting research that can produce valid conclusions about the causes and consequences of abuse, maltreatment, and trauma. The accumulated data on co-occurrence also provide strong evidence that prevention and intervention should be organized around the full context of individuals’ experiences, not narrowly defined subtypes of violence. Managing the flood of new research and practice innovations is a challenge, however. New means of communication and integration are needed to meet this challenge, and the Web of Violence is intended to contribute to this process by serving as a concise overview of the conceptual and empirical work that form a basis for understanding the interconnections across forms of violence throughout the lifespan. It also offers ideas and directions for prevention, intervention, and public policy.A number of initiatives are emerging to integrate the findings on co-occurrence into research and action. The American Psychological Association established a new journal, Psychology of Violence, which is a forum for research on all types of violence. Sherry Hamby is the founding editor and John Grych is associate editor and co-editor of a special issue on the co-occurrence of violence in 2012. Dr. Hamby also is a co-investigator of the National Survey of Children’s Exposure to Violence (NatSCEV), which has drawn attention to polyvictimization. Polyvictimization is a focus of the U.S. Department of Justice’s Defending Childhood Initiative and has recently been featured in calls for grant proposals by the Office of Victims of Crime and National Institutes for Justice.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 〈p〉Chapter 1: The Case for Studying Co-Occurrence -- Chapter 2:  Tracing the Threads of the Web: The Epidemiology of Interconnections among Forms of Violence & Victimization -- Chapter 3:  The Causes of Interconnection -- Chapter 4:  A Developmental Perspective on Interconnection -- Chapter 5:  Implications for Research: Toward a more comprehensive understanding of interpersonal violence -- Chapter 6 Implications for Prevention & Intervention: A More Person-Centered Approach -- Chapter 7   Conclusion: Toppling the Silos.〈/p〉.
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 53
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400754768 , 1283910845 , 9781283910842
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIV, 249 p. 13 illus, digital)
    Serie: GeoJournal Library 106
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Architecture ; Regional economics ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Architecture ; Regional economics ; Human Geography
    Kurzfassung: There is consensus in literature that urban areas have become increasingly vulnerable to the outcomes of economic restructuring under the neoliberal political economic ideology. The increased frequency and widening diversity of problems offer evidence that the socio-economic and spatial policies, planning and practices introduced under the neoliberal agenda can no longer be sustained. As this shortfall was becoming more evident among urban policymakers, planners, and researchers in different parts of the world, a group of discontent researchers began searching for new approaches to addressing the increasing vulnerabilities of urban systems in the wake of growing socio-economic and ecological problems. This book is the joint effort of those who have long felt that contemporary planning systems and policies are inadequate in preparing cities for the future in an increasingly neoliberalising world. It argues that resilience thinking can form the basis of an alternative approach to planning. Drawing upon case studies from five cities in Europe, namely Lisbon, Porto, Istanbul, Stockholm, and Rotterdam, the book makes an exploration of the resilience perspective, raising a number of theoretical debates, and suggesting a new methodological approach based on empirical evidence. This book provides insights for intellectuals exploring alternative perspectives and principles of a new planning approach
    Kurzfassung: There is consensus in literature that urban areas have become increasingly vulnerable to the outcomes of economic restructuring under the neoliberal political economic ideology. The increased frequency and widening diversity of problems offer evidence that the socio-economic and spatial policies, planning and practices introduced under the neoliberal agenda can no longer be sustained. As this shortfall was becoming more evident among urban policymakers, planners, and researchers in different parts of the world, a group of discontent researchers began searching for new approaches to addressing the increasing vulnerabilities of urban systems in the wake of growing socio-economic and ecological problems. This book is the joint effort of those who have long felt that contemporary planning systems and policies are inadequate in preparing cities for the future in an increasingly neoliberalising world. It argues that “resilience thinking” can form the basis of an alternative approach to planning. Drawing upon case studies from five cities in Europe, namely Lisbon, Porto, Istanbul, Stockholm, and Rotterdam, the book makes an exploration of the resilience perspective, raising a number of theoretical debates, and suggesting a new methodological approach based on empirical evidence. This book provides insights for intellectuals exploring alternative perspectives and principles of a new planning approach.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 1: Introduction: Resilience Thinking in Urban Planning: Ayda Eraydin and Tuna Taşan-Kok -- Chapter 2: “Resilience Thinking” for Planning: Ayda Eraydin -- Chapter 3: Conceptual Overview of Resilience: History and Context: Tuna Taşan-Kok, Dominic Stead and Peiwen Lu -- Chapter 4: Urban Resilience and Spatial Dynamics: Sara Santos Cruz,  João Pedro Costa, Silvia Ávila de Sousa and Paulo Pinho -- Chaper 5: Analysing the Socio-spatial Vulnerability to Drivers of Globalisation in Lisbon, Oporto, Istanbul, Stockholm and Rotterdam: Tuna Taşan-Kok and Dominic Stead -- Chapter 6: Systems, Cultures, Styles: Spatial Planning in Portugal, Turkey, Sweden and the Netherlands: Sofia Morgado and Luís Dias -- Chapter 7: Managing Urban Change in Five European Urban Agglomerations: Key Policy Documents and Institutional Frameworks: Peter Schmitt -- Chapter 8: Evaluating Resilience in Planning: Paulo Pinho, Vítor Oliveira and Ana Martins -- Chapter 9: Assessing Urban Resilience in the Metropolitan Area of Lisbon: the Case of Alcântara: Luís Dias, Sofia Morgado and João Pedro Costa -- Chapter 10: Evaluating Urban Policies from a Resilient Perspective: The Case of Oporto: Vítor Oliveira, Ana Martins and Sara Santos Cruz -- Chapter 11: The Evaluation of Different Processes of Spatial Development from a Resilience Perspective in Istanbul: Ayda Eraydin, Ali Türel and Deniz Altay Kaya -- Chapter 12: Urban Resilience and Polycentricity - the Case of the Stockholm Urban Agglomeration: Peter Schmitt, Lisbeth Greve Harbo, Asli Tepecik Diş and Anu Henriksson -- Chapter 13: Urban Resilience, Climate Change and Land-Use Planning in Rotterdam: Dominic  Stead and Tuna Taşan-Kok -- Chapter 14: The Evaluation of Findings and Future of Resilience Thinking in Planning: Ayda Eraydin and Tuna Taşan-Kok -- Index..
    Anmerkung: Includes index , Introduction: Resilience Thinking in Urban Planning , "Resilience Thinking" for Planning , Conceptual Overview of Resilience: History and Context , Urban Resilience and Spatial Dynamics , Analysing the Socio-Spatial Vulnerability to Drivers of Globalisation in Lisbon, Oporto, Istanbul, Stockholm and Rotterdam , Systems, Cultures and Styles: Spatial Planning in Portugal, Turkey, Sweden and the Netherlands , Managing Urban Change in Five European Urban Agglomerations: Key Policy Documents and Institutional Frameworks , Evaluating Resilience in Planning , Assessing Urban Resilience in the Metropolitan Area of Lisbon: The Case of Alcântara , Evaluating Urban Policies from a Resilience Perspective: The Case of Oporto , The Evaluation of Different Processes of Spatial Development from a Resilience Perspective in Istanbul , Urban Resilience and Polycentricity: The Case of the Stockholm Urban Agglomeration , Urban Resilience, Climate Change and Land-Use Planning in Rotterdam , The Evaluation of Findings and Future of Resilience Thinking in Planning
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 54
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783531184869
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (322 p)
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: Digitale Kultur und Kommunikation
    Serie: Digitale Kultur und Kommunikation Ser. v.2
    Paralleltitel: Print version Digitale Jugendkulturen
    DDC: 305.235
    Schlagwort(e): Internet and teenagers.. ; Mass media and youth.. ; Youth ; Social life and customs.. ; Digital media ; Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Jugend ist gegenwärtig nicht nur Offline-Jugend, sondern zugleich Online-Jugend. Auch die in diesem Band im Mittelpunkt stehenden jugendkulturellen Vergemeinschaftungsformen, in deren Rahmen sich Jugendliche selbst darstellen, mit ihrer Identität auseinandersetzen und soziales Miteinander von Gleichgesinnten finden können 'sei es HipHop, Gothic, Techno oder sei es neuerdings die Emo- oder Visual Kei-Szene' sind heute nicht mehr denkbar ohne ihre Erweiterungen im Internet. Insofern sind Jugendkulturen immer auch digitale Jugendkulturen. Freilich nutzen nicht alle jugendkulturellen Gesellunge
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Inhalt; Vorwort; Digitale Jugendkulturen; 1. Mediatisierung und Nutzung digitaler Medien durch Jugendliche; 2. Die sozialwissenschaftlichen Diskurse über digitale Jugendkulturen; 3. Abschied von der Netz-Generation; Literatur; I. Kommunikative und kreative Praktiken; Jugendkulturen im Zeitalter der Mediatisierung; 1. Einleitung; 2. Kommunikative Konstitution von Jugendkulturen; 3. Jugendkulturen in mediatisierten Sozialwelten; 4. Fazit und Ausblick; Literatur; Vom Hipster zum Black Metal: True vs. Fake auf YouTube und flickr; 1. YouTube-Research: Clipkategorien
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2. POSER, CASTING und DATING: Suchbegriffe für die jugendliche Selbstdarstellung auf YouTube?3. Jugendliche Bild-Gesten als Starpose: Gaahl=Satan; 4. Jugend-Bilder im Web 2.0 als mimetische Selbstdarstellung; Quellen; Anhang; Wenn Spieler Spiele umschreiben; 1. Einleitung; 2. Produktive Umgangsformen mit digitalen Medien; 3. Das Phänomen »Modding«; 4. Modding als manipulative Medienpraxis; 5. Total Conversions am Beispiel Counter-Strike; 6. Soziale Organisation von TC-Teams; 7. Ein Ausblick auf die manipulative Jugend; Literatur; Bildhandeln und Bildkommunikation in Social Network Sites
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Neue bunte Bilderwelten?2. Jugendkulturelle Selbststilisierung gestern und Bildhandeln heute; 3. Die Plastizität des digitalen Bilds; 4. Bilder im (digital) vernetzten, »gläsernen« Archiv; 5. Multilokale Präsenz und Erweiterung des Blick- und Aktionsfeldes; 6. Bilder als Kristallisationspunkt jugendkultureller Vergemeinschaftung; 7. Zusammenfassung und Fazit; Literatur; Zu den Künsten einer JugendKunstOnline: FanArt; 1. Der aktuelle FanArt Turn; 2. Animexx, deviantART und MangaCarta; 3. Dockingstation Kunst; 4. Zur »Kunstnähe« von FanArt; 4.1 Zeichner, Artwork und Galerien
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.2 Kategorien, Stile und Bewertungskriterien5. Zu »genuinen« Fan-Künsten; 5.1 Collaborations und Oekaki; 5.3 Tutorials und Wettbewerbe; 6. Zu Ambivalenzen von FanArt & Kunst; Literatur; Medienkonvergente Interaktionen - Jugendliche im medialen Netz; 1. Einführung; 2. Medien - Nutzung - Konvergenz; 3. KünstlerInnen in den Medien als Ereignis und Media Spectacle; 4. Medienkonvergente Interaktionen - Jugendliche im medialen Netz; 5. Konklusionen; Literatur; II. Identitätssuche und Selbstsozialisation; Digitale Medien - Jugendkulturen - Identität
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Leben im Plural: Identitätsbildung in der Multioptionsgesellschaft2. Jugendund Medienkulturen als Bühnen der Selbstdarstellung; 3. Identitätsinszenierungen im Internet - zwei Fallbeispiele; 3.1 Online-Rollenspieler: Imaginierte Ich-Inszenierungen und Identitätsexperimente in virtuellen Räumen; 3.2 Zwischen Individualität und Konformität: Selbstdarstellungen und soziale Beziehungen auf Facebook; 4. Fazit: Identitätsarbeit online als performative Selbstinszenierung; Literatur
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Girls Media - Feminist Media: Identitätsfindung, Selbstermächtigung und Solidarisierung von Mädchen und Frauen in virtuellen Räu
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 55
    ISBN: 9789400763234
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: XXIV, 415 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    Paralleltitel: Online-Ausg. Liamputtong, Pranee, 1955 - Stigma, Discrimination and Living with HIV/AIDS
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Anthropology ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Social Sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; HIV-Infektion ; Lebensqualität ; Aids ; Lebensqualität
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 56
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400761308
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (290 p)
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: Knowledge and Space v.5
    Paralleltitel: Print version Knowledge and the Economy
    DDC: 306.43
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Informationsgesellschaft ; Wissensintensives Unternehmen ; Regionalentwicklung ; Wirtschaftsgeografie ; Welt
    Kurzfassung: The broad spectrum of topics surrounding what is termed the 'knowledge economy' has attracted increasing attention from the scientific community in recent years. The nature of knowledge-intensive industries, the spatiality of knowledge, the role of proximity and distance in generating functional knowledge, the transfer of knowledge via networks, and the complex interplay between knowledge, location and economic development are all live academic issues. This book, the fifth volume in Springer's Knowledge and Space series, focuses on the last of these: the multiple relationships between knowledg
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents; Contributors; Part I: Knowledge Creation and the Geography of the Economy; Chapter 1: Introduction: Knowledge and the Geography of the Economy; Knowledge and the Economy; Knowledge and Geography; The Structure of This Book; References; Chapter 2: Relations Between Knowledge and Economic Development: Some Methodological Considerations; Open Questions and Shortcomings in the Discussion on the Diffusion of Codified Knowledge; The Importance of Having a Lead in Information, Knowledge and Technology
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Economic "Utility" of Literacy, Educational Attainment and Research in the Course of HistoryThe Spatial Dimension's Significance in the Generation and Diffusion of Knowledge; What Is the Added Value of Considering Spatial Structures and Contexts?; How Can a Milieu or Context of Action Be Defined?; Possible Conceptions of the Relations Between Milieu and Actor; How Relevant Are Spatial Proximity and Distance to the Generation of Knowledge? 5; The Significance of the Scale of Inquiry
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Time Dimension's Significance in the Analysis of the Relation Between Knowledge and Economic DevelopmentConclusion; References; Chapter 3: A Microeconomic Approach to the Dynamics of Knowledge Creation; A Model of Collective Invention; Revisiting the Traditional Arrovian Hypotheses; The Vital Role of Knowing Communities; The Process of Collective Invention Viewed as a Codification Process; The Central Role of Boundary Spanners; The Stabilization Phase of the Process of Invention: Meeting the Traditional Conditions; The Respective Roles of Organizations, Individuals, and Communities
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Process of Innovation Beyond the Phase of EmergenceSome Main Consequences of the Model of Collective Invention; The Consequences for the Interpretation of Property Rights; The Consequences in Terms of Creative Clusters; Conclusion; Appendix; References; Chapter 4: Knowledge Creation and the Geographies of Local, Global, and Virtual Buzz; The Role of Proximity and F2F Interaction; Permanent Co-presence in Clusters and Local Buzz; Organizational Co-presence in Global Networks; Temporary F2F Interaction and Global Buzz; CMC Versus F2F Collaboration in Groups and Corporations; Conclusion
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ReferencesChapter 5: Creativity: Who, How, Where?; Who Is Creative?; Cultural Industries and Creative Industries; Creative Organizations: How to Manage Creativity-Or at Least Facilitate It; Where Does Creativity Happen? Creative Places; Why Creativity Needs Cities; The Example of Google; Conclusions; References; Chapter 6: The Problem of Mobilizing Expertise at a Distance; Conceptualizing the Organizational Challenge of Knowledge Transfer; Trading off Organizational Coherence and Geographical Expansion; Know-Who: Networks of Personal Knowledge Transfer; The Case of MILECS; Data and Methods
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: How Vulnerable Is the MILECS Knowledge Network?
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 57
    ISBN: 9789400743847 , 1283612283 , 9781283612289
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XV, 161 p. 21 illus, digital)
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Doling, John, 1946 - Demographic change and housing wealth
    DDC: 363.583094
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Grundeigentum ; Altersvorsorge ; Sparen ; Privater Haushalt ; Vergleich ; Ostasien ; Europa ; Social sciences ; Geography ; Population ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Geography ; Population ; Demography ; Home ownership ; Economic aspects ; European Union countries ; Home ownership ; Social aspects ; European Union countries ; Population aging ; Economic aspects ; European Union countries ; Population aging ; Social aspects ; European Union countries ; Pensions ; European Union countries ; Public welfare ; European Union countries ; Europäische Union ; Grundeigentum ; Wirtschaftliche Lage ; Soziale Situation ; Hauseigentümer
    Kurzfassung: Across the EU, populations are shrinking and ageing. An increasing burden is being placed on a smaller working population to generate the taxes required for pensions and care costs. Welfare states are weakening in many countries and across Europe, households are being increasingly expected to plan for their retirement and future care needs within this risky environment. At the same time, the proportion of people buying their own home in most countries has risen, so that some two-thirds of European households now own their homes.  Housing equity now considerably exceeds total European GDP. This book discusses questions like: to what extent might home ownership provide a potential cure for some of the consequences of ageing populations by realizing housing equity in order to meet the consumption needs of older people? What does this mean for patterns of inheritance and longer-term inequalities across Europe? And to what extent are governments banking on their citizens utilising their housing wealth now and in the future?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Demographic Change and Housing Wealth; Foreword; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Issues and Approaches; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Demographic and Housing Developments: Policy Challenges; 1.2.1 Demographic Change; 1.2.2 An Increasing Number of Homeowners; 1.2.3 Housing Asset-Based Welfare; 1.2.3.1 Asset-Based Welfare; 1.2.3.2 Housing as Pension; 1.3 Saving Through Housing: A Theoretical Framework; 1.3.1 The Life Cycle Model; 1.3.2 The Welfare System; 1.3.3 The Family; 1.3.4 Other Mechanisms; 1.3.5 The Mixed Economy of Saving; 1.3.5.1 Financial Institutions; 1.3.6 The Role of Housing
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.3.6.1 Housing and the Life Cycle Model1.3.6.2 Income Derived from Homeownership; 1.3.7 Cross-Country Variations; 1.4 Methodologies for Researching the Three Questions; 1.4.1 Selection of Cases; 1.4.1.1 Economic and Financial Crisis; 1.5 Content and Structure of the Book; Chapter 2: Homeownership Rates; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Homeownership Across Countries and Time; 2.3 Homeownership Rates and Welfare: A Trade-Off?; 2.3.1 Homeownership and Social Spending; 2.3.2 Homeownership and Welfare Regimes; 2.4 The Drivers of the Homeownership Decision; 2.4.1 Housing Finance
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.4.1.1 Funding of Mortgage Loans2.4.1.2 The Innovation in Loan Products; 2.4.2 The Relative Attractions of Home Owning and Renting; 2.4.2.1 Tax Policy and Other Subsidies for Homeownership; 2.4.2.2 Declining Support for Social Housing; 2.4.2.3 Increase of Homeownership; 2.4.2.4 Changes in Rental Housing Sectors; 2.4.2.5 Household Decision Making; 2.4.3 Household Characteristics; 2.4.3.1 Income; 2.4.3.2 Age; 2.4.4 Combining the Factors; 2.5 Conclusions; Chapter 3: Housing Wealth in the Household Portfolio; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Household Wealth; 3.2.1 How Much Wealth Do Households Have?
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.2.2 How Much Wealth Is Held in Housing?3.2.3 What Influences the Size and Composition of Wealth?; 3.2.3.1 Quantitative Studies; 3.2.3.2 Qualitative studies; 3.2.3.3 Portfolio Analysis; 3.2.3.4 Regression Analysis; 3.3 Housing Debt; 3.3.1 What Influences the Size of Household Debt?; 3.3.1.1 Quantitative Studies; 3.3.1.2 Qualitative Studies; Why Do People Have a Mortgage?; Priority Placed on Paying Off Mortgage Compared to Other Priorities; 3.3.1.3 Explaining the Level of New Mortgage Debt; 3.4 Conclusions; Chapter 4: Housing Asset Strategies for Old Age; 4.1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.2 Perceptions of the Adequacy of Pensions4.2.1 Variations in Pension Systems; 4.2.2 Concerns About Pension Adequacy; 4.3 Using Housing Equity in Old Age: Strategies in Principle; 4.4 Using Housing Equity in Old Age: Strategies in Practice; 4.4.1 Using Non-housing Assets; 4.4.2 Using Housing Equity; 4.4.3 Dissaving Housing Assets by Moving; 4.4.4 Dissaving Housing Assets but Not Moving; 4.4.4.1 Reverse Mortgages; 4.4.4.2 Interest-Only Loans; 4.4.4.3 Reverse Mortgage Strategies; 4.4.5 Not Dissaving; 4.4.5.1 Housing Equity as a Precaution; 4.4.5.2 Housing Equity as a Bequest
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.4.6 Changing Attitudes
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 58
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048189038
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (IX, 300 p. 92 illus, digital)
    Ausgabe: 3rd ed. 2013
    Serie: The Springer Series on Demographic Methods and Population Analysis 13
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Serie: Springer eBook Collection
    Serie: Humanities, Social Science and Law
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Pol, Louis G. The demography of health and healthcare
    Schlagwort(e): Demographie ; Gesundheitswesen ; USA ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Population ; Demography ; Social Sciences
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 59
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400762749
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XIV, 269 p. 14 illus, digital)
    Serie: The International Library of Environmental, Agricultural and Food Ethics 20
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Farm economics ; Social sciences ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Farm economics ; Social sciences
    Kurzfassung: This edited volume presents ethical and economic analyses of agrifood competition. By systematically examining fairness and openness in agricultural markets, it seeks to answer the question of whether there is adequate competition in the agrifood industry and whether the system is fair to all participants. It outlines ethical and economic principles important for understanding agrifood competition, presents arguments for and against consolidation, globalization and the integration of agrifood industries, and looks at the implications of globalization on the nature of competition in specific agricultural contexts
    Kurzfassung: This edited volume presents ethical and economic analyses of agrifood competition. By systematically examining fairness and openness in agricultural markets, it seeks to answer the question of whether there is adequate competition in the agrifood industry and whether the system is fair to all participants. It outlines ethical and economic principles important for understanding agrifood competition, presents arguments for and against consolidation, globalization and the integration of agrifood industries, and looks at the implications of globalization on the nature of competition in specific agricultural contexts
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Ethics and Economics of Agrifood Competition; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Introduction to the Ethics and Economics of Agrifood Competition: Connotations, Complications and Commentary; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Meaning of Adequacy; 1.3 The Meaning of Fairness; 1.4 Analyses of Agrifood Competition; 1.5 The Lesson; References; Part I Conceptualizing Agrifood Competition; Chapter 2: Conceptualizing Fairness in the Context of Competition: Philosophical Sources; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Fair Treatment and Fair Play; 2.3 Fairness and the Social Contract
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.4 Fairness and Efficient Competition2.5 Fairness and Outcomes; 2.6 Fairness and Rules; 2.7 Assessing Fair Competition; 2.8 Fair Agrifood Competition; References; Chapter 3: Are Ethics and Efficiency Locked in Antithesis?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 What Is Ethics?; 3.3 What Is Efficiency?; 3.4 The Relation Between Ethics and Efficiency; 3.4.1 Ethical Duties as a Constraint on Production; 3.4.2 Ethical Consumption and Ethical Production; 3.4.3 Institutionalizing Ethical Considerations in the Sector; 3.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: The Fallacy of "Competition" in Agriculture
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.1 Introduction4.2 The True Central Question of Competition: What Is It?; 4.2.1 The Nature of Competition; 4.2.2 `Free and Fair' Competition; 4.2.2.1 Free Competition; 4.2.2.2 Fair Competition; 4.3 The Problem of Perfect Competition; 4.4 Competition in Agriculture; 4.4.1 The Demise of Competition in Agriculture?; 4.4.2 The Shortcoming of Government Intervention; 4.4.3 Competition in Agriculture Today; 4.4.4 So Whence Concerns About Competition in Agriculture Today?; 4.4.5 What Does This Tell Us About Competition in Agriculture?; 4.4.6 Ethics and the Fallacy of Competition; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 5: Efficiency, Power and Freedom5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Overview; 5.3 Aggregate Economic Efficiency; 5.3.1 The Free Market; 5.4 Morals of Monopoly and Competition; 5.5 Antitrust and Competition Policy; 5.5.1 Collusion in Fixing the Rules of the Marketplace; 5.5.2 Knightian Welfare Economics; 5.5.3 Economic Freedom for Farmers and Ranchers; 5.5.4 Serfdom; 5.5.5 Economic Freedom for Consumers; 5.5.6 Innovation and Democracy; 5.6 Concluding Remarks: Back to the Agrifood System; References; Chapter 6: Networks, Power and Dependency in the Agrifood Industry; 6.1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6.2 Previous Research on Agrifood Industry Structure6.3 Networks, Dependency and Power; 6.4 Differential Dependencies in Stylized Agrifood Networks; 6.4.1 Broilers; 6.4.2 Beef; 6.4.3 Corn and Soybeans; 6.5 Ethics of Dependency; 6.6 Conclusions; References; Chapter 7: Reaping and Sowing for a Sustainable Future: The Import of Roman Catholic Social Teaching for Agrifood Competition; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Roman Catholic Social Teaching; 7.3 Agrifood Competition in Roman Catholic Social Teaching; 7.3.1 Rerum Novarum (1891); 7.3.2 Quadragesimo Anno (1931); 7.3.3 Excursus: César Chávez
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 7.3.4 Mater et Magistra (1961)
    Anmerkung: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 60
    ISBN: 9789400755994 , 9400755996
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: vi, 351 Seiten
    Serie: Studies in the philosophy of sociality Volume 1
    Serie: Studies in the philosophy of sociality
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Schmitz, Michael The Background of Social Reality
    DDC: 302.3
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Collective behavior ; Social groups ; Social sciences ; Philosophy ; Ontology ; Konferenzschrift 2009 ; Konferenzschrift 2009 ; Soziales Handeln ; Gruppenverhalten ; Sozialphilosophie ; Soziale Norm ; Soziales Handeln ; Gruppenverhalten ; Sozialphilosophie ; Soziale Norm
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 61
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048190720 , 1283633604 , 9781283633604
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XII, 247 p, digital)
    Serie: Quality of Life in Asia 1
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Inoguchi, Takashi, 1944 - The quality of life in Asia
    DDC: 306.095090511
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Lebensqualität ; Zufriedenheit ; Lebensstil ; Vergleich ; Asien ; Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Regional economics ; Social policy ; Quality of Life Research ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Regional economics ; Social policy ; Quality of Life Research ; Quality of life ; United States ; History ; 21st century ; Asien ; Lebensqualität ; Asien ; Lebensqualität
    Kurzfassung: This book studies and compares quality of life in 29 countries/societies in Asia: Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, Brunei, Cambodia, China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Japan, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Korea(South), Laos, Malaysia, Maldives, Mongolia, Myanmar, Nepal, Pakistan, the Philippines, Singapore, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Thailand, Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, and Vietnam. We utilize the AsiaBarometer Surveys conducted annually from 2003 through 2008. We focus on the notion of subjective quality of life and conceptualize it as two levels, global and domain. After we explain about the AsiaBarometer Survey Project, we explore current country profile, demographics, lifestyles, value priorities, specific life domain assessment and overall quality of life. We then estimate the independent effects of demographics, lifestyles, value priorities, life domain assessment on the overall quality of life within each society. As well as comparing the results between nations, we look for key generalized characteristics of life quality for the entire and sub-regions of Asia.
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: The Quality of Life in Asia; Synoptic Outline; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Asia: Enormous Diversity; 1.2 Asia: Why Is Quality of Life in Asia Important to Examine?; 1.3 The Notion of Quality of Life and Research Design; 1.4 Organization; References; Chapter 2: The AsiaBarometer Survey Project; 2.1 Its Aim and Trust; 2.1.1 Introduction; 2.1.2 Rationale and Promises of the AsiaBarometer; 2.1.2.1 Knowledge Begets Prosperity; 2.1.2.2 Knowledge Engenders Stability; 2.1.2.3 Contribution to Scholarship; 2.1.3 Principles of Questionnaire Formulation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.1.3.1 Minimum Unobtrusiveness2.1.3.2 Minimum Oddness; 2.1.3.3 Most Similar and Most Dissimilar Systems Comparisons; 2.1.4 Four Distinctive Clusters of Questions; 2.1.4.1 Daily Lives of Ordinary People; 2.1.4.2 Perceptions and Assessments of Their Lives; 2.1.4.3 From Relationships of Their Lives to Larger Social Entities; 2.1.4.4 Norms, Beliefs, Value Preferences, and Actions; 2.1.5 Harvesting the AsiaBarometer Survey; 2.1.6 Gauging Developmental, Democratic, and Regionalizing Potentials; 2.2 Methodology; 2.2.1 Countries/Societies; 2.2.2 Sampling Methods of the AsiaBarometer Survey
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ReferencesChapter 3: Overall Quality of Life in Asia; 3.1 Levels of Happiness; 3.2 Levels of Enjoyment; 3.3 Levels of Achievement; Reference; Chapter 4: Satisfaction Levels with Specific Life Domains; 4.1 Materialist Life Sphere; 4.1.1 Housing; 4.1.2 Standard of Living; 4.1.3 Household Income; 4.1.4 Health; 4.1.5 Education; 4.1.6 Job; 4.2 Post-materialist Life Sphere; 4.2.1 Friendships; 4.2.2 Marriage; 4.2.3 Neighbors; 4.2.4 Family Life; 4.2.5 Leisure; 4.2.6 Spiritual Life; 4.3 Public Sphere of Life; 4.3.1 Public Safety; 4.3.2 The Condition of the Environment; 4.3.3 Social Welfare System
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.3.4 The Democratic System4.4 Patterns of Life Domain Satisfactions by Society; 4.5 Distinguishing Life Sphere of Domain Satisfactions in Each Country and Society; 4.5.1 East Asia; 4.5.1.1 China; 4.5.1.2 Hong Kong; 4.5.1.3 Japan; 4.5.1.4 South Korea; 4.5.1.5 Taiwan; 4.5.2 Southeast Asia; 4.5.2.1 Brunei; 4.5.2.2 Cambodia; 4.5.2.3 Indonesia; 4.5.2.4 Laos; 4.5.2.5 Malaysia; 4.5.2.6 Myanmar; 4.5.2.7 The Philippines; 4.5.2.8 Singapore; 4.5.2.9 Thailand; 4.5.2.10 Vietnam; 4.5.3 South Asia; 4.5.3.1 Bangladesh; 4.5.3.2 Bhutan; 4.5.3.3 India; 4.5.3.4 The Maldives; 4.5.3.5 Nepal; 4.5.3.6 Pakistan
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.5.3.7 Sri Lanka4.5.4 Central Asia; 4.5.4.1 Afghanistan; 4.5.4.2 Kazakhstan; 4.5.4.3 Kyrgyzstan; 4.5.4.4 Mongolia; 4.5.4.5 Tajikistan; 4.5.4.6 Uzbekistan; 4.5.5 Types of Countries (Societies) Based on Factor Analyses; References; Chapter 5: Lifestyles; 5.1 Modern Life; 5.2 Digital Life; 5.3 Religious Life; 5.4 Global Life; 5.5 Political Life; 5.6 Family Life; 5.7 Self-Assessments of Relative Standard of Living; References; Chapter 6: Value Priorities; Chapter 7: Determinants of Overall Quality of Life; 7.1 Dependent Variables; 7.1.1 Happiness; 7.1.2 Enjoyment; 7.1.3 Achievement
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 7.2 Independent Variables
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 62
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400766952
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: xii, 296 p. , ill.
    DDC: 304.2
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Neighborhoods ; Urban policy ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 63
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400755116
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (488 p)
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: International Handbooks of Population v.5
    Paralleltitel: Print version International Handbook on the Demography of Sexuality
    DDC: 304.61
    Schlagwort(e): Sexual minorities -- Statistics ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: The International Handbook on the Demography of Sexuality is the first book to specifically address the study of sexuality from a demographic perspective. Demographic research has largely paid little attention to sexuality as a whole, or sexual orientation in particular, other than in studies examining the "consequences" of sex - sexually transmitted infections or fertility. Instead, the content of this handbook explores population sexuality in order to describe the prevalence of sexual behaviors, desires, and identities, as well as their connections with other demographic outcomes. The focus
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents; Part I: Introduction to the Demography of Sexuality; 1: Introduction: The Demography of Sexuality; Introduction; A Brief History of Sex Research; Alfred Kinsey; Sex Research After Kinsey; The Demography of Sexuality; References; 2: Sexual Behavior and Practices: Data and Measurement; Introduction; Surveying Sexual Behavior: Alfred Kinsey; A Short History of Sexual Behavior in Surveys Post-Kinsey; Methodological and Measurement Issues in the Study of Sexual Behavior; Sampling Error: Population Definition and Inclusion, Participation, and Selection; Measurement Error
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Conclusion: The Future of Research on Sexual BehaviorReferences; 3: Best Practices: Collecting and Analyzing Data on Sexual Minorities; Introduction; Why Ask Questions Designed to Identify Sexual Minorities; Measuring Sexual Orientation on Surveys: What to Ask; Recommended Survey Items and Their Rationale 3; Self-Identification; Sexual Behavior; Sexual Attraction; Transgender Status and Gender Noncomformity; Recommended Survey Items to Accompany Questions About Sexual Orientation; Other Recommendations for Measuring Sexual Orientation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Measuring Sexual Orientation on Surveys: How and Where to AskItem Placement; Survey Mode; Sampling Issues; Developmental and Cultural Considerations in Collecting Data on Sexual Orientation; Adolescents; What to Ask; Use of Terms; Older Adults; Race/Ethnicity and Culture; Measurement; What to Ask; Factors Influencing Identity Formation; Best Practices For Analyses of Sexual Orientation Data; Consideration of Differences among Non-Heterosexual Responses; Survey Methodology and Measurement Reliability and Validity; Demographic Subgroup Analyses; Socio-political and Policy Issues; Temporal Issues
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Measurement ErrorOther Issues and Future Directions; References; Part II: Sexual Practices: The Global Picture; 4: Sexual Behavior, Sexual Attraction, and Sexual Identity in the United States: Data from the 2006-2010 National Survey of Family Growth; Introduction; Selected Previous Studies; Methods; Data Source; Use of ACASI; Demographic Variables Used in This Chapter; Measurement of Sexual Behavior in NSFG ACASI; Types of Sexual Behavior for Female Respondents; Types of Sexual Behavior for Male Respondents; Numbers of Opposite-Sex Sexual Partners
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Measurement of Sexual Attraction and Sexual Identity in NSFG ACASIStrengths and Limitations of the Data; Statistical Analysis; Results; Types of Sexual Behavior with Opposite-Sex and Same-Sex Partners; Numbers of Opposite-Sex Sexual Partners in Lifetime; Same-Sex Sexual Activity; Sexual Identity and Sexual Attraction; Association of Sexual Behavior, Sexual Attraction, and Sexual Identity; Conclusion; References; 5: Sexual Practices of Latin America and the Caribbean; Introduction; Data and Methodology; Trends in Early Sexual and Reproductive Events; Context of Sexual Activity During Adulthood
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Sexual Violence
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 64
    ISBN: 9789048190720
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: xii, 247 p.
    Serie: Quality of life in Asia 1
    Serie: Quality of Life in Asia Ser. v.1
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306.095090511
    Schlagwort(e): Quality of life ; China -- Social conditions ; Quality of life ; China ; Social conditions ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Analyzing the day to day lives of 29 countries and societies on the continent, this volume studies and compares the quality of life in Asia. The text systematically explores demographics such as income and educational level, the extent of access to public utilities and digital devices, and more.
    Kurzfassung: Intro -- The Quality of Life in Asia -- Synoptic Outline -- Acknowledgements -- Contents -- Chapter 1: Introduction -- 1.1 Asia: Enormous Diversity -- 1.2 Asia: Why Is Quality of Life in Asia Important to Examine? -- 1.3 The Notion of Quality of Life and Research Design -- 1.4 Organization -- References -- Chapter 2: The AsiaBarometer Survey Project -- 2.1 Its Aim and Trust -- 2.1.1 Introduction -- 2.1.2 Rationale and Promises of the AsiaBarometer -- 2.1.2.1 Knowledge Begets Prosperity -- 2.1.2.2 Knowledge Engenders Stability -- 2.1.2.3 Contribution to Scholarship -- 2.1.3 Principles of Questionnaire Formulation -- 2.1.3.1 Minimum Unobtrusiveness -- 2.1.3.2 Minimum Oddness -- 2.1.3.3 Most Similar and Most Dissimilar Systems Comparisons -- 2.1.4 Four Distinctive Clusters of Questions -- 2.1.4.1 Daily Lives of Ordinary People -- 2.1.4.2 Perceptions and Assessments of Their Lives -- 2.1.4.3 From Relationships of Their Lives to Larger Social Entities -- 2.1.4.4 Norms, Beliefs, Value Preferences, and Actions -- 2.1.5 Harvesting the AsiaBarometer Survey -- 2.1.6 Gauging Developmental, Democratic, and Regionalizing Potentials -- 2.2 Methodology -- 2.2.1 Countries/Societies -- 2.2.2 Sampling Methods of the AsiaBarometer Survey -- References -- Chapter 3: Overall Quality of Life in Asia -- 3.1 Levels of Happiness -- 3.2 Levels of Enjoyment -- 3.3 Levels of Achievement -- Reference -- Chapter 4: Satisfaction Levels with Specific Life Domains -- 4.1 Materialist Life Sphere -- 4.1.1 Housing -- 4.1.2 Standard of Living -- 4.1.3 Household Income -- 4.1.4 Health -- 4.1.5 Education -- 4.1.6 Job -- 4.2 Post-materialist Life Sphere -- 4.2.1 Friendships -- 4.2.2 Marriage -- 4.2.3 Neighbors -- 4.2.4 Family Life -- 4.2.5 Leisure -- 4.2.6 Spiritual Life -- 4.3 Public Sphere of Life -- 4.3.1 Public Safety -- 4.3.2 The Condition of the Environment.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 65
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783531192574
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (753 p.))
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed (Online-Ausg.)
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Handbuch Armut und soziale Ausgrenzung
    DDC: 305.569
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Armut ; Armutsbekämpfung ; Soziale Ausgrenzung ; Soziale Ungleichheit ; Soziale Integration ; Deutschland ; Theorie ; Electronic books ; Armut ; Theorie ; Armut ; Ausgrenzung
    Kurzfassung: Inhalt; Vorwort; Kapitel I Einleitung; Armut und soziale Ausgrenzung - Ein multidisziplinäres Forschungsfeld; 1 Armut und soziale Ausgrenzung: Wahrnehmen und Handeln; 2 Theorien der Armut und sozialen Ausgrenzung; 3 Geschichte von Armut und sozialer Ausgrenzung; 4 Gesellschaftliche Prozesse und individuelle Lebenslage: Erscheinungsformen und Ergebnisse von Armut und sozialer Ausgrenzung; 5 Strategien zur Überwindung von Armut und sozialer Ausgrenzung: Individuell, sozial und politisch; Literatur; Kapitel II Theorien der Armut; Gesellschaftliche Einund Ausgrenzung - Der soziologische Diskurs
    Kurzfassung: Zusammenfassung1 Einleitung; 2 Theorien sozialer Ungleichheit; 3 Lebenslagen und Milieus; 4 Ausblick: Prekariat und Exklusion; Literatur; Ungleichheit und Armut als Movens von Wachstum und Wohlstand?; Zusammenfassung; 1 Verteilungsungleichgewichte: Bedrohung sozialer und ökonomischer Entwicklungen; 2 Liberale Wirtschaftstheorie und sozialer Ausgleich; 3 Wachstum und Entwicklung des armen Südens; Soziale Teilhabe als sozialstaatliches Ziel - Der sozialpolitische Diskurs; Zusammenfassung; 1 Die Herausbildung und Entmischung von Strukturelementen des Staates als Sozialstaat im 19. Jahrhundert
    Kurzfassung: 2 Der Sozialstaat in der Kontroverse: soziale Interessen - soziale Teilhabe - sozialer Konflikt3 Entgrenzung des Sozialstaates: Europäisierung und Globalisierung; 4 Inklusion durch Inklusion!; Literatur; Soziale Inklusion und Exklusion: Norm, Zustandsbeschreibung und Handlungsoptionen; 1 Soziale Inklusion und Exklusion - Herkunft und Verwendung der Begriffe; 2 Erklärungsansätze für die Ursachen von Sozialer Exklusion im Bildungsund Gesundheitsbereich; 3 Das besondere Potential des Inklusionsbegriffs; Literatur
    Kurzfassung: Das Maß der Armut: Armutsgrenzen im sozialstaatlichen Kontext - Der sozialstatistische DiskursZusammenfassung; 1 Armutsgrenzen und Methoden zu ihrer Bestimmung; 2 Die Entwicklung von Sozialhilfebedürftigkeit und Einkommensarmut in Deutschland - ein Überblick; 3 Weiterführende Überlegungen; Literatur; Dynamik von Armut; 1 Einleitung; 2 Die „dynamische Armutsforschung"; 3 Dynamische Elemente in der älteren Armutsforschung; 4 Individuelle „Armutskarrieren": Vom „Teufelskreis der Armut" zur Kontingenz von Armutsverläufen; 5 Strukturelle Armutserklärungen: Klasse oder Lebenslauf?
    Kurzfassung: 6 Armutsdynamiken empirisch - Veranschaulichungen zur dynamischen Armutsforschung7 Fazit: Verzeitlichung und Entgrenzung von Armut; Literatur; International vergleichende Armutsforschung; Zusammenfassung; 1 Methodische Überlegungen; 2 Fragestellungen; 3 Armutsberichterstattung in der Europäischen Union; 4 Ausblick; Literatur; Der Wert der Armut - Der sozialethische Diskurs; Zusammenfassung; 1 Biblische Perspektiven zum Thema Armut; 2 Sozialethische Perspektiven zum Umgang mit Armut; 3 Resümee; Literatur; ‚Freiwillige Armut' - Zum Zusammenhang von Askese und Besitzlosigkeit; I.; II.; II.1
    Kurzfassung: II.2
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 66
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400749818
    Sprache: Englisch
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Ausgabe: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (96 p.))
    Serie: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Serie: EBL-Schweitzer
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg.
    DDC: 303.49
    Schlagwort(e): Transhumanism ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Transhumanism and Society; Preface; Contents; 1 Introduction to the Transhumanity Debate; Presenting the Transhumanity Debate; Transtechnologies and Society; Discourse of Concern and Discourse of Hope; Transhumanity and Modernity; Suspect Modernity; Modernity in the Balance; The ''New EnlightenmentNew Enlightenment''; On Capitalism; Conclusion; 2 Transcend or Transgress?; Transcendence: Cosmic, Personal and Civitas; Cosmic Transcendencecosmic transcendence; Personal Transcendencepersonal transcendence; Civitas Transcendencecivitas transcendence; Compromise between Versions; Transgression
    Kurzfassung: Critique of Cosmic Transcendencecosmic transcendenceCritique of Personal Transcendencepersonal transcendence; Critique of Civitas Transcendencecivitas transcendence; Transcendence nor Transgression?; 3 Transformation of Body and Mind; Sec1; Radical Transformation; Mind over Body; Of Substrates and Cyborgs; Religious Critique: Escape the Body, Lose the Soulsoul; Secular Critique: Escape the Body, Lose the Self; Moderate Transformation; Moderate Transformation as Value Gained; Moderate Transformation as Value Lost; Defending Posthuman Dignity; Taboo or Tolerance; 4 Rhetoric of Risk; Sec1
    Kurzfassung: The Social Construction of RiskRisk and Social Movements; Risk NarrativesRisk Narrative; ''End Times'' Narrative; Market Exploitation Narrative; New EnlightenmentNew Enlightenment Narrative; Risk CampaignsRisk Campaign; Trust; Oversight Based on the Precautionary Principle; Oversight Based on the Proactionary Principle; Assignment of Liability; Contested Objects; GNR Terrorism; Genetically Modified Food; Neuropharmaceuticals; Protecting the ''Risk Object Portfolio''; Conclusion; 5 Inevitability; ; Rhetoric of Inevitability; Transhumanity and Fatalismfatalism; Strong Claims of Inevitability
    Kurzfassung: EvolutionEvolutionHomo Cyberneticus; Technological Momentum; Conservationist Critique of Strong Claims; Religious Conservationist Counterargument; Secular Conservationist Counterargument; Moderate Claim: Social Conditions are Ripe; Relinquishment; 6 Closure; No Easy Resolution; Balancing Act with Inevitability Claims; Scenarios; About the Author; References; Index
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 67
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783709109502
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (359 p.))
    Ausgabe: 1 (Online-Ausg.)
    Serie: EBL-Schweitzer
    DDC: 325.73
    Schlagwort(e): Emigration and immigration ; Interdisciplinary research ; Migration ; Social sciences ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Migrations: Interdisciplinary Perspectives; Preface; Ideas, Innovation and Communication - IDee; References; Acknowledgements; Contents; Part I: Interdisciplinary Approaches: Theories and Methodologies; Constellations and Transitions: Combining Macro and Micro Perspectives on Migration and Citizenship; From Comparative Analysis to Studying Citizenship Constellations; Explaining and Evaluating Citizenship Policy Trends; Modelling Citizenship Transitions; References; The Role of the Press in the Reproduction of Racism; Introduction; Racism; Discourse; Elite Discourse and Racism; The Media
    Kurzfassung: The PressContextual Variation; News Production; Selection of Sources and Source Texts; Discrimination of Minority Journalists; News Structures; Topics; Local Meanings; Rhetorical Figures; Quotation; Reception; References; The Migration Imaginarymigration imaginary and the Politics of Personhood; Introduction; When Two Imaginaries Meet: Face of Britain and Genetic Indigenisation; Citizenship as Technology of Personhood; References; Multilingualism, Heterogeneity and the Monolingual Policies of the Linguistic Integration of Migrants
    Kurzfassung: Which Languages for Integration: `When I Leave My House It Is Like Going to War´The Linguistic Status of Migrants: `German Is Devouring My Croatian Language´; The Importance of Language Biographies: `Just Beyond Borders ´; Conclusion: Consequences for Programmes of Linguistic Integration; References; Part II: Peer Relations Among Immigrant Adolescents: Methodological Challenges and Key Findings; Peer Relations Among Immigrant Adolescents: Methodological Challenges and Key Findings; Introduction; Developmental Perspectives; Acculturation Psychology; The Importance of Peer Relations
    Kurzfassung: Positive Peer RelationsNegative Peer Relations; References; Methodological Challenges in an Immigrant Study in Norway; Introduction; Theoretical Framework; Method; Data Sources; Measurements; Depressive Symptoms; Bullying Others and Victimization; Reactive and Proactive Aggressiveness; Main Results; Methodological Challenges; Small Sample Size; Depression: A Cultural Category?; The Measurement of Ethnic Versus Native Peer Contact; Acculturation Strategies in Relation to Bullying; References; Bullying and Victimization in Ethnically Diverse Schools; Introduction; Austrian Context
    Kurzfassung: Bullying in SchoolsThe Present Study; Method; Sample and Procedure; Measures; Results; Descriptive Statistics; Multiple Regression Analysis; Discussion; Limitations and Future Studies; References; Aggressive Behaviour in Native, First- and Second-Generation Immigrant Youth: Testing Inequality Constrained Hypotheses; Introduction; Example: Aggressive Behaviour in Native, First- and Second-Generation Immigrant Youth; Testing Inequality Constrained Hypotheses; Method; Sample; Instruments; Results; Traditional Results; Inequality Constrained Parameter Estimation
    Kurzfassung: Inequality Constrained Hypothesis Testing
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 68
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400744325
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 300 p. 76 illus, digital)
    Serie: Demographic Research Monographs, A series of the Max Planck Institute for Demographic Research
    Serie: SpringerLink
    Serie: Bücher
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. Kibele, Eva Ulrike Bianca, 1981 - Regional mortality differences in Germany
    DDC: 304.6
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Public health ; Demography ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Mortality ; Germany ; Regional disparities ; Deutschland ; Sterblichkeit ; Regionale Verteilung
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 69
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783642135064
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (390 p.)
    Serie: X.media.press
    Serie: X. media. press Ser.
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Heinecke, Andreas M. Mensch-Computer-Interaktion
    DDC: 302.23/1
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Human-computer interaction ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Mensch-Maschine-Kommunikation ; Softwareergonomie ; Informationsverarbeitung ; Faktor Mensch ; Benutzerfreundlichkeit ; Benutzerführung ; Benutzeroberfläche ; Multimedia ; Mensch-Maschine-Kommunikation ; Softwareergonomie ; Informationsverarbeitung ; Faktor Mensch ; Benutzerfreundlichkeit ; Benutzerführung ; Benutzeroberfläche ; Multimedia ; Dialogsystem
    Kurzfassung: Jeder hat schon die Erfahrung gemacht, dass Webseiten nicht lesbar sind oder Programme unverst ndliche Meldungen hervorbringen. Kurz: Die Software ist nicht gebrauchstauglich. Ausgehend von der menschlichen Informationsverarbeitung legt der Autor dar, wie Schnittstellen beschaffen sein m ssen und wie bei der Entwicklung vorgegangen werden muss, damit die Software gebrauchstauglich wird. Dabei werden neueste Normen und Vorschriften ber cksichtigt. Die begleitende Website bietet weitere Beispiele und bungsaufgaben, L sungen und weiterf hrende Links
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Motivation; Inhaltsverzeichnis; 1 Begriffe und Modelle; Lernziele; Voruberlegungen; 1.1 Geschichtliche Entwicklung der Rechnerbenutzung; 1.1.1 Erste Rechneranwendungen; 1.1.2 Erste interaktive Systeme; 1.1.3 Fernschreiber und Kommandos; 1.1.4 Alphanumerische Bildschirme, Masken und Menüs; 1.1.5 Semigrafik und Positioniergeräte; 1.1.6 Vollgrafik und direkte Manipulation; 1.1.7 Audioverarbeitung und Spracheingabe; 1.1.8 Videoverarbeitung und Gestik; 1.1.9 Virtuelle Umgebungen und Augmented Reality; 1.2 Medien bei der Rechnerbenutzung; 1.2.1 Einteilung der Medien zur Interaktion
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.2.1.1 Diskrete und kontinuierliche Medien1.2.1.2 Gliederung der Medien nach Perzeption; 1.2.1.3 Gliederung nach Präsentation; 1.2.1.4 Gliederung nach Speicherung; 1.2.1.5 Gliederung nach Übertragung; 1.2.1.6 Gliederung nach Repräsentation; 1.2.2 Multimedia; 1.2.3 Hypertext; 1.2.4 Hypermedia; 1.3 Modelle der Mensch-Computer-Interaktion; 1.3.1 Benutzungsschnittstelle; 1.3.2 Benutzung im Kontext; Nachbereitung; 1.4 Ubungsaufgaben; 2 Software-Ergonomie; Lernziele; Voruberlegungen; 2.1 Gestaltung von Mensch-Rechner-Systemen; 2.1.1 Gestaltungsziele; 2.1.1.1 Ergonomische Gestaltung
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.1.1.2 Belastung und Beanspruchung2.1.1.3 Ziele menschengerechter Gestaltung; 2.1.1.4 Gebrauchstauglichkeit (Usability); 2.1.1.5 Benutzererlebnis (User Experience); 2.1.2 Gestaltungsebenen; 2.2 Rechtliche Anforderungen; 2.2.1 Bildschirmrichtlinie und Bildschirmarbeitsverordnung; 2.2.2 Barrierefreie Informationstechnik-Verordnung (BITV); 2.3 Software-Ergonomie als interdisziplinares Gebiet; 2.3.1 Beteiligte Wissenschaftsgebiete; 2.3.2 Arbeitsweisen der Software-Ergonomie; 2.3.3 Stand des Wissens; Nachbereitung; 2.4 Ubungsaufgaben; 3 Physiologie der menschlichen Informationsverarbeitung
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: LernzieleVoruberlegungen; 3.1 Modelle menschlicher Informationsverarbeitung; 3.1.1 Der Mensch als informationsverarbeitendes System; 3.1.2 Das Rasmussen-Modell; 3.2 Reizubertragung und Speicherung; 3.2.1 Verarbeitung von Sinnesreizen; Reizweiterleitung in Nerven; Nervennetze; 3.2.2 Gedachtnis und Prozessoren; Prozessoren; Kurzzeitspeicher; Langzeitspeicher; 3.3 Sinne des Menschen; 3.3.1 Visuelles System; Aufbau und Funktion des Auges; Gesichtsfeld und Augenbewegungen; Flimmern; 3.3.2 Auditives System; 3.3.3 Haptik; Tastsinn; Wärmeempfinden; Kinasthese; Gleichgewichtssinn
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Schatten
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.3.4 Weitere Sinne und ihre Relevanz fur die MCIGeruchssinn; Geschmackssinn; Nachbereitung; 3.4 Ubungsaufgaben; 4 Psychologie der menschlichen Informationsverarbeitung; Lernziele; Voruberlegungen; 4.1 Psychologie der visuellen Wahrnehmung; 4.1.1 Gestaltgesetze; Gesetz der Nähe; Gesetz der Gleichartigkeit; Zusammenwirken von Gestaltgesetzen: Nähe und Gleichheit; Gesetz der guten Fortsetzung; Zusammenwirken von Gestaltgesetzen: Gute Fortsetzung und Gleichheit; Gesetz der Schließung; Prinzip der guten Gestalt; 4.1.2 Tiefenwahrnehmung; Stereoskopisches Sehen; Statische Perspektive; Verdeckung
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 70
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783642202032
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (113 p)
    Serie: acatech Diskutiert
    Serie: Acatech DISKUTIERT Ser.
    Paralleltitel: Print version Wertschöpfung und Beschäftigung in Deutschland
    DDC: 306.3094/09033
    Schlagwort(e): Job creation ; Germany.. ; Labor supply ; Germany ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Spätestens mit Beginn der Finanzkrise ist das Thema Wirtschaftswachstum und damit Wertschöpfung in den Vordergrund des öffentlichen Interesses gerückt. Die anhaltende Diskussion um begrenzte Ressourcen und den demografischen Wandel verstärkt in Teilen der Gesellschaft das Misstrauen gegenüber dem sogenannten „Wirtschaftswachstum". Dieser Band diskutiert die Frage, wie wohlstandsmehrendes Wachstum bei begrenzten Ressourcen und den anstehenden demografischen Veränderungen möglich ist und plädiert für eine neue Art von Wachstum: Wachstum, das einerseits den Wohlstand und das Beschäftigungsniveau
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Title Page; Copyright Page; Table of Contents; 〉 DEUTSCHLAND BRAUCHT WERTSCHÖPFUNGS WACHSTUM- EINFÜHRUNG; 1 TRIEBKRÄFTE FÜR INNOVATION, WACHSTUM UND BESCHÄFTIGUNG; Unternehmertum; Technikwissenschaftlicher Nachwuchs und hochqualifizierte Fachkräfte; Visionäre Kraft; Innovationsfördernde Kultur der Zusammenarbeit von Wirtschaft und Wissenschaft; Innovationsklima; 2 GESTALTUNGSFELD PRODUKTION UND PRODUKTENTSTEHUNG; 3 ZIELSETZUNG DES acatech PROJEKTES „WERTSCHÖPFUNG UND BESCHÄFTIGUNG IN DEUTSCHLAND"; 〉 HEUTIGE UND ZUKÜNFTIGE PARADIGMEN DES PRODUKTIONSSTANDORTS DEUTSCHLAND; MANAGEMENT SUMMARY
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 BEDEUTUNG DES PRODUKTIONSSEKTORS FÜR DEUTSCHLAND2 GESTALTUNGSDIMENSIONEN DER PRODUKTIONSPARADIGMEN; 2.1 AUSRICHTUNG DES PRODUKTIONSSYSTEMS; 2.2 KOMPLEXITÄT UND VARIANTENVIELFALT; 2.3 FOKUSSIERUNG VON WERTSCHÖPFUNGSNETZWERKEN; 2.4 AUSGESTALTUNG DER QUALITÄTSSICHERUNG; 2.5 ENTWICKLUNG VON PRODUKTIONSKOSTEN; 2.6 ENTWICKLUNG DES PRODUKTIONSPLANUNGSVERSTÄNDNISSES; 2.7 ENTWICKLUNG DES HUMANKAPITALS; 3 DIE STRATEGISCHEN ERFOLGSPOSITIONEN DER ZUKUNFT UNTER DEM EINFLUSS GLOBALER METATRENDS; 3.1 GLOBALE METATRENDS, DIE DIE PRODUKTIONSPARADIGMEN VERÄNDERN; Verschiebung von Märkten
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Ressourcenknappheit und NachhaltigkeitGlobalisierung von Wissen; Zunehmende Dynaxität; Globalisierung von Wertschöpfungsketten und Risikomanagement; 3.2 DIE STRATEGISCHEN ERFOLGSPOSITIONEN DER ZUKUNFT; Global effizienter Ressourceneinsatz; Ganzheitliche Betrachtung und Planung von Supply-Chain-Kosten und -Risiken; Wandlungsfähigkeit von Produktionssystemen; Entwicklung und strategische Nutzung von Fertigkeitseliten; Innovative Produkte aus verketteten Produktionsprozessen; 4 HANDLUNGSEMPFEHLUNGEN FÜR DEN PRODUKTIONSSTANDORT DEUTSCHLAND
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Mitarbeiterqualifizierung und Wissensmanagement vorantreibenAktive Gestaltung/Management von Wertschöpfungsnetzwerken; Interdisziplinarisierung der Entwicklung; Nutzenorientierte Geschäftsmodelle; Ganzheitliches Risikomanagement entwickeln; 5 FAZIT; LITERATUR; 〉 EMERGING MARKETS BEI MATERIELLEN GRENZEN DES WACHSTUMS - CHANCEN NACHHALTIGER WERTSCHÖPFUNG; MANAGEMENT SUMMARY; 1 HERAUSFORDERUNGEN; 1.1 ENERGIE; 1.2 BEDARFE UND VERFÜGBARKEIT; 1.3 KLIMA; 1.4 UNGLEICHHEIT, GEWALTKONFLIKTE, TERROR UND KRIEG; 2 CHANCEN UND LÖSUNGSANSÄTZE; 2.1 MÄRKTE UND TECHNOLOGIEENTWICKLUNG; 2.2 ENTWICKLUNGSANSÄTZE
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3 NACHHALTIGE WERTSCHÖPFUNGSNETZE2.4 VERMITTLUNGSPRODUKTIVITÄT; LITERATUR; 〉 INTEGRATIVE PRODUKTIONSTECHNIK FÜR HOCHLOHNLÄNDER; MANAGEMENT SUMMARY; 1 PRODUKTION IN HOCHLOHNLÄNDERN; 1.1 HOCHLOHNLÄNDER UNTER WETTBEWERBSDRUCK; 1.2 DAS POLYLEMMA DER PRODUKTION IN HOCHLOHNLÄNDERN; 1.3 RELEVANTE ZIELBRANCHEN UND PRODUKTSEGMENTE FÜR HOCHLOHNLÄNDER; 1.4 ZIELSYSTEM FÜR DIE PRODUKTIONSTECHNISCHE FORSCHUNG; 2 FORSCHUNGSFELDER DER INTEGRATIVEN PRODUKTIONSTECHNIK; 2.1 INDIVIDUALISIERUNG DER PRODUKTION; 2.2 VIRTUALISIERUNG UND DIGITALISIERUNG DER PRODUKTION; 2.3 HYBRIDISIERUNG DER PRODUKTION
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.4 SELBSTOPTIMIERUNG IN DER PRODUKTION
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 71
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783658010294
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (283 p)
    Ausgabe: 3rd ed
    Paralleltitel: Print version Business-Etikette in Europa : Stilsicher auftreten, Umgangsformen beherrschen
    DDC: 395.5
    Schlagwort(e): Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Europa mit seinen vielfältigen und spezifischen Kulturstandards ist wirtschaftlich einer der größten Handelspartner der Welt. Viele internationale Unternehmen sind bereits auf europäischem Boden aktiv oder möchten auf diesem Markt präsent sein. Die damit verbundenen Anforderungen an die persönlichen interkulturellen Handlungskompetenzen sind stark gestiegen und wachsen immer noch. Dieses Buch ist an der Geschäftswirklichkeit internationaler Fach- und Führungskräfte ausgerichtet. Es gibt aktuelle Handlungsempfehlungen und zeigt die Veränderungen sowie Hintergründe des interkulturellen Verhalt
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vorwort zur 3. Auflage; Inhalt; Inhalt; Frankreich - gallisch, temperamentvoll und extrovertiert; Vorstellen, Begrüßen und Händegeben; Förmliche Anreden; Schriftverkehr; Smalltalk und Konversation; Tipps für das Business; Taktik und Ablauf von Verhandlungen; Unternehmensformen und Anreden; Restaurantetikette; Gestik, Mimik und Körpersprache; Pünktlichkeit; Politik und Religion; Business-Outfit; Besondere Feiertage; Grundvokabular; Inhalt; Großbritannien - gentlemanly; Korrektes Vorstellen, Grüßen und Bekanntmachen; Mündliche Anreden; Mündliche Anrede von Geschäftsleuten mit Titeln
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Schriftliche AnredenVisitenkarten; Regeln bei einer guten britischen Konversation; Tipps für das Business; Unternehmensstrukturen und Hierarchien; Zufall oder Termin? Treffen von Mitgliedern des Königshauses; Politische und kulturelle Highlights; Restaurantetikette; Clubs; Zählen; Kondolieren; Politik und Regierung; Religion; Business-Outfit; Besondere Bankfeiertage; Inhalt; Königreich der Niederlande - ein Land mit Konsens; Vorstellen, Grüßen und Bekanntmachen; Titel und Anreden; Visitenkarten; Smalltalk, Konversation und Humor; Tipps für das Business
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Was haben Niederländer und Deutsche gemeinsam?Was haben Niederländer und Briten gemeinsam?; Wie zeigt man Sympathie bei Geschäftspartnern und Kollegen in den Niederlanden?; Unternehmensformen; Restaurantetikette; Gestik, Mimik und Körpersprache; Pünktlichkeit; Politik und Religion; Business-Outfit und Abenddress; Besondere Feiertage; Grundvokabular; Inhalt; Italien - bella figura!; Sich-selbst-Vorstellen; Korrektes Verhalten beim Vorgestelltwerden; Italienische Anreden; Regeln für das Bekanntmachen Dritter; Salutare - das Grüßen; Händedruck; Visitenkarten; Smalltalk und Konversation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Tipps für das BusinessUnternehmensorganisation und Führungsverhalten; „La Donna" im italienischen Geschäftsleben; Restaurantund Tischetikette; Gestik und Mimik; Physische Distanz und Blickkontakt; Pünktlichkeit; Einladungen und Gastgeschenke; Kondolieren; Politik und Religion; Business-Outfit; Wichtige Feiertage; Grundvokabular; Inhalt; Österreich - das Land der Titel; Vorstellen und Händeschütteln; Begrüßungszeremoniell; Handkuss; Formelle Anreden in Österreich; Visitenkarten; Duzen und Siezen in der Gesellschaft und im Business; Smalltalk und Konversation; Tipps für das Business
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Rolle der Frau im GeschäftslebenRestaurantund Tischetikette; Pünktlichkeit; Politik und Religion; Business-Outfit; Besondere Feiertage; Inhalt; Spanien - das Land von Sancho Pansa und Don Quijote; Vorstellen, Begrüßen und Handschlag; Anreden und Titel; Duzen und Siezen; Smalltalk und Konversation; Tipps für das Business; Wie baut man Beziehungen zu Spaniern auf?; Unternehmensformen und -strukturen; Restaurantetikette; Gestik und Mimik; Pünktlichkeit; Politik und Religion; Business-Outfit; Gesetzliche Feiertage; Grundvokabular; Inhalt; Schweiz - Understatement und Präzision
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vorstellen und Bekanntmachen
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 72
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400742260
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 201 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Harris, Anne M. Ethnocinema
    DDC: 791.4307
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Intercultural communication in motion pictures.. ; Multiculturalism in motion pictures.. ; Culture in motion pictures ; Electronic books ; Australien ; Pädagogische Anthropologie ; Ethnologischer Film ; Interkulturelle Erziehung ; Sudanesin
    Kurzfassung: The first book entirely devoted to the emerging methodology of ethnocinema, this volume brings vividly to life the Sudanese women with whom the author has collaborated, as well as her own struggles as researcher, teacher and intercultural fellow traveler.
    Kurzfassung: Intro -- Ethnocinema: Intercultural Arts Education -- Editorial Acknowledgements -- Acknowledgements -- Contents -- Author's Note -- Viewing/Reading Process -- Chapter 1: Introduction -- Alternative Spaces -- Methodology/The Project -- The Films -- Grace Mabor's Film Slowly By Slowly -- Nyadol Nyuon's Film Still Waiting -- Chick Chat at the River Nile -- Achol Baroch's Film Singing into Language -- Lina Deng's Film Neir Chi Puj (Educated Girls) -- Angelina Aluel Kuol's Film In Transit/ion -- A Note on the Title of the Film Series Cross-Marked … -- Chapter 2: Neir Chi Puj: Educated Girls (Co-created with Lina Deng): Sexuality and Gender Performance in Sudanese Australia -- Role Models and Arts-Based Pedagogy -- Teachers Who Listen -- Process Reflections -- Shutter: Squirming Before the Lens -- Ethnography: Why We Engage -- The Myth of Homogeneity: The Truth of Refugeity -- Put Your Hand Up -- Chapter 3: Slowly by Slowly (Co-created with Grace Mabor): Ethnocinema, Media and Women of the Sudanese Diaspora -- Twice Forgotten: The 'Lost Girls' Are Growing Up -- What's in a Name? -- Ethnographic Documentary, as It Was (and Wasn't) -- Ethnographic Documentary in Australia -- Ethnocinema, as It Is (by Way of What It Is Not) -- Ethnocinema, as It Might Be -- Chapter 4: Still Waiting (Co-created with Nyadol Nyuon): Refugeity and the New Racism in Australian Schools -- From One Extreme to Another -- Calling It Like It Is: When Words Are Not Enough -- Underestimating and Overestimating: The Double Bind -- Unintentional Racism -- Intentional Racism -- Chapter 5: Chick Chat at the River Nile (Co-created with the students of River Nile Learning Centre): Transgression and Fugitive Spaces -- Transgression as Refuge -- Transgression as Counter-Racism -- Transgression as Walking Away -- Transgression as Liberation -- Transgression of (Home) Culture/s.
    Anmerkung: Description based on publisher supplied metadata and other sources
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 73
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783034804738
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource ()
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Paralleltitel: Print version Andrej Sacharow : Ein Leben für Wissenschaft und Freiheit
    DDC: 306.0947
    Schlagwort(e): Sakharov, AndreÄ­ ; 1921-1989.;Dissenters ; Soviet Union ; Biography.;Physicists ; Soviet Union ; Biography.;Political prisoners ; Soviet Union ; Biography.;Human rights workers ; Soviet Union ; Biography.;Soviet Union ; Politics and government ; 1953-1985 ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Wie und weshalb wurde aus dem eigentlich politikfernen theoretischen Physiker Andrej Sacharow (1921-1989), allgemein anerkannter Vater der sowjetischen Wasserstoffbombe, ein Vorkämpfer für Menschenrechte und der erste Friedensnobelpreisträger Russlands? Dies ist die erste Biografie, die Sacharow als Physiker und Persönlichkeit des öffentlichen Lebens gleichermaßen gerecht wird.Das Buch stützt sich auf bislang der Öffentlichkeit unzugängliche Dokumente sowie auf Auskünfte von zahlreichen Zeit- und Augenzeugen, die Sacharow als Studenten, Physiker und Menschenrechtsverteidiger, vom beruflichen u
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vorwort; Danksagung; Inhalt; Teil I Physik im Zarenreich und ihr Aufschwung im Sowjetreich; Kapitel 1 Druck des Lichts und Druck der Verhältnisse; Druck des Lichts; Druck der Verhältnisse; Lebedews und Korolenkos Erbe; Kapitel 2 Die schwierige Geburt des FIAN; Die Sacharows im frühen Sowjetrussland; Russische Intelligenzija und Sowjetregime; Die Geburt von Sowjetrusslands Physik; Lebedews Erben in Moskau; Gründervater bzw. -ziehvater des FIANGeorgi Gamow und Sergej Wawilow; Kapitel 3 Der Hochschullehrer Leonid Mandelstam und seine Schule
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vom funktechnischen Berater zum Professor an der Moskauer UniversitätTamms Weg zur Wissenschaft; Mandelstams Schule für Physik und Leben; Kapitel 4 Die Terrorwelle 1937; Gelage in Pestzeiten; MoskauFIAN -- 1937; Logik des Chaos; Andrej Sacharow an der Schwelle des Erwachsenenlebens; Teil II Von der Atombombe in Stalins Hand zum Wasserstoffbombenprojekt im FIAN; Kapitel 5 Moralische Beweggründe für das Nuklearprojekt; Joffes Pragmatismus; Wernadskis Noosphärenphilosophie; Mandelstams altmodische Moral; Kurtschatows Vermittlerrolle; Kapitel 6 Tamms Doktorand Andrej Sacharow
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Von Munitionsfertigung zu theoretischer PhysikEtwas Kernphysik; Der Theoretiker in Igor Tammarbeitslos; Übergänge vom Typ 0 0; Kapitel 7 Der Direktor des FIAN -- seit 1945 zugleich Akademiepräsident; Warum die Wahl auf Sergej Wawilow fiel; Was in der Macht des Akademiepräsidenten stand; Was nicht in der Macht des Akademiepräsidenten stand; Keine Anhaltspunkte für Gedächtnislücken des damaligen Doktoranden Sacharow; Kapitel 8 Das Nuklearprojekt unter Berijas Kommando; Pjotr Kapiza -- der Widersetzliche; Igor Kurtschatow -- der große Diplomat
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Klaus Fuchsder unersetzliche unter den InformantenKapitel 9 Sowjetrusslands Physiker zu Zeiten von Kosmopolitismus; Kurswechsel gegenüber Kosmopolitismus; Die Judenfrage unter sowjetischen Intellektuellen; Universitätsphysiker contra Akademiephysiker; Die abgeblasene Tagung; Kapitel 10 Das Wasserstoffbombenprojekt im FIAN; A- und H-Bombe oder Nuklear- und Thermonuklearbombe; ,,Spezialenergie`` im FIAN; ,,Ungemein scharfsinnig und physikalisch bestechend``; Akademiepräsident Wawilow unter der Last seiner Machtlosigkeit; Teil III Im nuklearen Archipel; Kapitel 11 Das OBJEKT
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vermeintlicher Auftrag der Geheimhochburg: Kommunismus ausprobierenSloika nimmt konkrete Gestalt an; Triftige Entlassungsgründe; ,,Die ganze Sache passt mir überhaupt nicht``; Erste Schritte auf dem Weg zur kontrollierten Kernfusion; Kapitel 12 Die heroische Arbeitsetappe; Sloika alias RDS 6s alias ,,Joe 4``; Die erste Wasserstoffbombe oder bloß eine verstärkte Atombombe?; Wie sich mit Physik die Geometrie überlisten lässt; Die Dritte Idee; Spionage und Physik; Väter der sowjetischen Superbombe und Ethik geheimdienstlich kontrollierter Wissenschaft
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Der Konjunktiv in der Geschichte der Hyperbombe
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 74
    ISBN: 9789400720848
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: XII, 379 S. , graph. Darst.
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg. [S.l.] eblib Online-Ressource
    Serie: Sociology of the Sciences Yearbook 28
    Paralleltitel: Buchausg. u.d.T. The sciences' media connection
    DDC: 301
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Science History ; Social Sciences ; Konferenzschrift ; Konferenzschrift ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wissenschaftspublizistik
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 75
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400723023
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (168 p)
    Serie: Social Indicators Research Series, 47
    Serie: Social Indicators Research Ser. v.47
    Paralleltitel: Print version Experiencing Grandparenthood
    DDC: 306.874/5
    Schlagwort(e): Grandparenting -- Asia ; Grandparents -- Asia ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Within the context of an ageing Asia, the growing numbers of grandparents and the important roles they play within the family propel the need for a book devoted to their experiences. This book, with its focus on the Asian perspective, is pertinent and timely as Asia has undergone socio-cultural, economic and family transformations as a result of modernization, urbanization and demographic aging in the last century. In filling a gap in the current literature, the volume seeks to answer the following questions, what is the state of grandparenting in the Asian context today? How do the roles and
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Experiencing Grandparenthood; The Editors; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Grandparenthood in Asia; 1 The Attention on Grandparenthood; 2 The Traditional Grandparent: An Asian Perspective; 3 Does the Traditional Grandparent Still Exist?; 4 Some Conceptual and Theoretical Perspectives on Grandparenting; 4.1 Intergenerational Relations; 4.2 Living Arrangements; 4.3 Filial Responsibility and Filial Piety; 4.4 Family Solidarity and Ambivalence; 4.5 Social Capital; 4.6 Individualisation Theory; 4.7 Life Course Perspective
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.8 The Social-Developmental Perspective4.9 Conceptual Framework; 4.10 Reciprocity; 4.11 The Methodology; 5 Limitations and Features of the Volume; References; Chapter 2: Changing Social and Demographic Characteristics in Asia; 1 The World Population and Asia; 2 The Rapidly Declining Birthrate and Ageing Population in Asia; 3 Ageing Population; 4 Social and Economic Conditions in Asian Countries; 4.1 China; 4.2 Hong Kong; 4.3 Japan; 4.4 Malaysia; 4.5 Singapore; 4.6 Thailand; 5 Changes in Family and Living Arrangements; References; Chapter 3: Grandparenting Roles and Functions; 1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2 Grandparenting Roles and Functions3 An Asian Perspective; 4 Methodology; 4.1 Measures; 4.2 Data Analysis; 5 Results; 5.1 Shared Views Across the Generations; 5.2 Different Views Across the Generations; 6 Grandparenthood as a Personal Journey: Unique and Diverse Experiences; 6.1 Reasons for Changes in Grandparenting Roles and Functions over Time; 6.2 Expectations of Grandparenting Roles and Functions; 7 Discussion; 8 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Meanings of Being a Grandparent; 1 The Cultural and Symbolic Significance of Becoming a Grandparent; 1.1 Family Continuity
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.2 Preference for the Male in Family Continuity1.3 Advancing Up the Family Hierarchy; 2 Grandparents: The Informal Childcare Providers; 2.1 'Non-interference' Behaviour and Caregiving; 3 Ensuring a 'Good' Grandchild: Grandparents and Value Transmission; 3.1 The Scope of Grandparents' Teachings; 3.2 A Good Grandparent Stays Away from Disciplining Grandchildren; 4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Stress and Conflict Management Strategies in Grandparenthood; 1 Understanding the Common Stresses Facing Grandparents; 2 Major Themes; 2.1 Living Arrangements and Family Dynamics
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.2 The Multiple Overlapping Roles That Grandparents Play2.3 Altruistic Worries; 2.3.1 Money Matters; 2.3.2 Loss of Culture and Traditions; 2.4 Ambivalence over Filial Expectations, Changing Norms and Self Versus Family Demands; 3 Strategies of Conflict Management; 3.1 Avoidance and Non-interference Strategy; 3.2 Flexible Boundaries; 3.3 Adaptability to Circumstances; 3.4 Philosophical Wisdom; References; Chapter 6: The Socio-psychological Well-Being of Grandparents; 1 Closeness with Grandchildren; 1.1 Enjoying Co-existence with the Younger Generation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.2 Closeness to the Grandchildren at Home
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 76
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400721463
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (299 p)
    Paralleltitel: Print version Positive Relationships
    DDC: 158.2
    Schlagwort(e): Relationship quality.. ; Positive psychology ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Relationships are at the heart of our lives; at home with our families, with our friends, in schools and colleges, with colleagues at the workplace and in our diverse communities. The quality of these relationships determines our individual well-being, how well we learn, develop and function, our sense of connectedness with others and the health so society. This unique volume brings together authorities from across the world to write about how relationships might be enhanced in all these different areas of our lives. It also explores how to address the challenges involved in establishing and m
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Positive Relationships; Foreword; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction to Positive Relationships: Evidence-Based Practice Across the World; 1.1 A Foundation for Wellbeing; 1.2 The Project; 1.3 Positive Psychology; 1.4 Politics, Power and Equality; 1.5 Human (and Animal!) Nature; 1.6 The Content; 1.6.1 Section One: The Power of Positive Relationships and How We Learn These; 1.6.2 Section Two: Close Relationships; 1.6.3 Section Three: Relationships at School and at Work; 1.6.4 Section Four: Relationships in the Wider World; 1.6.5 Section Five: Responding Positively to Challenges in Relationships
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.7 Threads and Connections Between Chapters1.7.1 Ecological (Systems) Theory; 1.7.2 Social Constructionist Theory; 1.7.3 Connection and Resilience; 1.7.4 Emotional and Social Intelligence/Literacy and Learning; 1.7.5 A Strengths and Solution Focus; 1.7.6 Social Capital; 1.8 Summary; References; Chapter 2: Wellbeing and Resilience in Young People and the Role of Positive Relationships; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 What Is Wellbeing?; 2.3 What Is Resilience?; 2.4 Protective Personal Factors That Contribute to Resilience and Wellbeing
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.5 Protective External Factors That Contribute to Resilience and Wellbeing2.5.1 Parent-Child Relationships; 2.5.2 Relationships with a Caring Adult; 2.5.3 Peer Relationships; 2.5.4 Positive Teacher-Student Relationships; 2.6 Curriculum Programmes for Developing Student Wellbeing and Resilience; 2.6.1 Examples of Programmes and Initiatives That Foster Student Wellbeing, Resilience and Positive Relationships; 2.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Peaceful and Compassionate Futures: Positive Relationships as an Antidote to Violence; 3.1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.2 Relationships and Resilience Are Learnt in the Complexity of Social Settings3.3 Case Study One: Planting the Peace Virus in a School Community; 3.3.1 Background Information; 3.3.2 Taking Action; 3.3.3 The Research and Ideas that Guided the School on Its Journey; 3.3.3.1 New Paradigms; 3.3.3.2 Adult Leadership; 3.3.3.3 Modelling Language and Conflict Resolution; 3.3.3.4 Early Intervention; 3.3.3.5 Home, School and Community Collaboration; 3.3.3.6 Universal, Targeted and Tertiary Programmes; 3.3.3.7 Student Leadership Programmes; 3.3.3.8 Social and Emotional Literacy in the Classroom
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.3.3.9 Positive Playground Programmes3.3.3.10 Monitoring and Evaluation; 3.3.3.11 The Attention Room; 3.3.3.12 Therapeutic Games; 3.3.4 For the Future; 3.3.4.1 Some Words of Caution; 3.3.4.2 Some Words of Encouragement; 3.4 Case Study Two: Preventing Violence Against Women and Children; 3.4.1 The Extent of the Problem; 3.4.2 An Investment for Change; 3.4.3 LOVE BiTES - A Programme to Reduce Violence Towards Women and Children; 3.4.4 For the Future; 3.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Learning About Relationships; 4.1 Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.2 A Brief Summary of the Stage-Salient Developmental Relationship Tasks of Infancy Through Late Childhood
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 77
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783642205811
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1117 p.)
    Serie: X.media.press
    Serie: X. media. press Ser.
    Paralleltitel: Print version Kompendium der Mediengestaltung
    DDC: 302.23
    Schlagwort(e): Digital media ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Das Standardwerk bietet einen umfassenden berblick ber die Grundlagen der Mediengestaltung f r Digital- und Printmedien: Konzeption und Gestaltung (Band 1) sowie Produktion und Technik (Band 2). 1000 pr fungsrelevante und praxisorientierte Aufgaben mit L sungen helfen, das Verst ndnis zu vertiefen. Querverweise im Text und ein gemeinsames Stichwortverzeichnis erleichtern den Zugriff auf die Inhalte. Die 5. Auflage wurde auf den aktuellen Stand der Technik gebracht, einige Kapitel in Band 2, u. a. zur Grafikerstellung, wurden v llig neu bearbeitet
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Dedikation; Vorwort; Das Handling des Kompendiums; Inhaltsverzeichnis; 1. Medientechnik; 1.1 Digitale Daten; 1.1.1 Analoge und digitale Daten; 1.1.2 Zahlensysteme; 1.1.3 Alphanumerische Codes; 1.1.4 Datenformate; 1.1.5 Aufgaben; 1.2 Schrifttechnologie; 1.2.1 Grundbegriffe; 1.2.2 Fontformate; 1.2.3 Schriftverwaltung; 1.2.4 Aufgaben; 1.3 Dateiformate; 1.3.1 Einführung; 1.3.2 Alphabetische Übersicht; 1.3.3 Text- und Layoutformate; 1.3.4 Office-Formate; 1.3.5 Bild- und Grafikformate; 1.3.6 Web- und Multimedia-Formate; 1.3.7 Audio- und Videoformate; 1.3.8 Workflow-Formate; 1.3.9 Aufgaben
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2. Informationstechnik2.1 Hardware; 2.1.1 Komponenten eines Computersystems; 2.1.2 Hauptplatine (Mainboard); 2.1.3 Mikroprozessor; 2.1.4 Halbleiterspeicher; 2.1.5 Externe Speicher; 2.1.6 Grafik; 2.1.7 Monitor; 2.1.8 Drucker; 2.1.9 Maus; 2.1.10 Tastatur; 2.1.11 Aufgaben; 2.2 Netzwerktechnik; 2.2.1 Grundlagen; 2.2.2 Netzwerktopologien; 2.2.3 Netzwerkverbindung; 2.2.4 Ethernet; 2.2.5 Referenzmodelle; 2.2.6 Netzwerkkomponenten; 2.2.7 Netzwerkprotokolle und -dienste; 2.2.8 Aufgaben; 2.3 Internet; 2.3.1 Geschichte des Internets; 2.3.2 Internetdienste; 2.3.3 Internetnutzung; 2.3.4 Datenübertragung
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.3.5 Internetzugang2.3.6 Angriffe aus dem Internet; 2.3.7 Die Zukunft des Internets; 2.3.8 Checkliste „Computersicherheit"; 2.3.9 Aufgaben; 2.4 Datenbanken; 2.4.1 Datenbanken in der Medienbranche; 2.4.2 Datenerfassung; 2.4.3 Datenbankentwurf; 2.4.4 SQL; 2.4.5 Datenbankmanagement; 2.4.6 Aufgaben; 3. Optik; 3.1 Allgemeine Optik; 3.1.1 Das Wesen des Lichts; 3.1.2 Wellenoptik; 3.1.3 Strahlenoptik - geometrische Optik; 3.1.4 Lichttechnik; 3.1.5 Lichtquellen; 3.1.6 Densitometrie; 3.1.7 Aufgaben; 3.2 Fotografische Optik; 3.2.1 Linsen und Objektive; 3.2.2 Schärfentiefe; 3.2.3 Aufgaben; 4. Farbe
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.1 Farbsysteme4.1.1 Farbensehen - Farbmetrik; 4.1.2 Spektralfotometrische Farbmessung; 4.1.3 Farbmischungen; 4.1.4 Farbordnungssysteme; 4.1.5 Emission - Remission; 4.1.6 Weißabgleich - Graubalance; 4.1.7 Metamerie; 4.1.8 Aufgaben; 4.2 Color Management; 4.2.1 Wie viel CMYK ist Erdbeerrot?; 4.2.2 Profile Connection Space - PCS; 4.2.3 Farbprofile; 4.2.4 Eingabeprofilierung; 4.2.5 Monitorprofilierung; 4.2.6 Ausgabeprofilierung; 4.2.7 Standarddruckprofile (Offset); 4.2.8 Farbmodus - Arbeitsfarbraum; 4.2.9 Gamut-Mapping; 4.2.10 Prozesskontrolle; 4.2.11 CM in Bridge; 4.2.12 CM in Photoshop
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.2.13 CM in Illustrator4.2.14 CM in InDesign; 4.2.15 CM in QuarkXPress; 4.2.16 CM in Distiller und Acrobat; 4.2.17 Aufgaben; 5. Digitalfotografie; 5.1 Kameratechnik; 5.1.1 Kameratypen; 5.1.2 Sensoren; 5.1.3 Kamerafunktionen; 5.1.4 Technische Daten; 5.1.5 Speicherkarten; 5.1.6 Aufgaben; 5.2 Bildtechnik; 5.2.1 Pixel; 5.2.2 Bildfehler; 5.2.3 Bilddateiformate; 5.2.4 Aufgaben; 6. Bild und Grafik; 6.1 Scannen; 6.1.1 Vorlagen; 6.1.2 Scanner; 6.1.3 Grundeinstellungen in der Scansoftware; 6.1.4 Halbtonvorlagen scannen; 6.1.5 Strichvorlagen scannen; 6.1.6 Aufgaben; 6.2 Bildbearbeitung
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6.2.1 Das digitale Bild
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 78
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400755666
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (387 p)
    Serie: Understanding Population Trends and Processes v.7
    Serie: Understanding Population Trends and Processes Ser. v.7
    Paralleltitel: Print version Rural Aging in 21st Century America
    DDC: 305.260973
    Schlagwort(e): Rural elderly -- United States ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This book investigates sociological, demographic and geographic aspects of aging in rural and nonmetropolitan areas of the United States. Population aging is one of the most important trends of the 20th and 21st centuries, and it is occurring worldwide, especially in more developed countries such as the United States. Population aging is more rapid in rural than urban areas of the U.S. In 2010, 15 percent of the nonmetropolitan compared to 12 percent of the metropolitan population were 65 years of age and older. By definition rural communities have smaller sized populations, and more limited h
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Rural Aging in 21stCentury America; Copyright Page; Dedication; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction to Rural Aging in Twenty-First Century America; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Why Study Rural Aging?; 1.3 Approach of the Book; 1.4 De fi nitions of Key Concepts; 1.4.1 Age; 1.4.2 Place of Residence; 1.4.3 County Typology Codes; 1.5 Plan of the Book; 1.5.1 Part I: Overview of the Rural Elderly Population; 1.5.2 Part II: Economic Inequalities; 1.5.3 Part III: Race/Ethnic Inequalities; 1.5.4 Part IV: Rural Institutional and Community Structures
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.5.5 Part V: Older Rural Migration and Aging-in-Place1.5.6 Part VI: Conclusions and Policy Recommendations; References; Part I: Overview of the Rural Elderly Population; Chapter 2: Demography of Rural Aging; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Population Aging; 2.3 Nonmetro Areas of the United States Age More Rapidly Than Metro Areas; 2.3.1 Declining Birthrates; 2.3.2 Rural Out-Migration of Young Adults; 2.3.3 Rural Turnaround; 2.3.4 Two Types of "Old" Counties; 2.4 Are Rural Elders Male or Female? Healthy? In Retirement Homes?; 2.4.1 Sex Ratio; 2.4.2 Family and Health; 2.4.3 Living Arrangements
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.4.4 Other Characteristics of the Older Population2.5 What Is Unique About Aging in a Rural Place?; 2.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: The Geography of Rural Aging in a Regional Context, 1990-2008; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Aging in Place Versus Elderly Migration-Through Time and Across Space; 3.3 Data and Methods; 3.4 Results; 3.4.1 Which Areas in Rural America Are Aging Most Rapidly?; 3.4.2 What Factors Are Driving Aging in These Areas?; 3.5 Conclusion; References; Part II: Economic Inequalities
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 4: Aging and Economic Well-Being in Rural America: Exploring Income and Employment Challenges4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Economic Well-Being Among Older Rural Adults at the Beginning of the Twenty-First Century; 4.2.1 Income and Income Packaging; 4.2.2 Poverty; 4.2.3 Labor Force Participation and Underemployment; 4.3 Workplace Considerations; 4.3.1 Age and Job Performance; 4.3.1.1 Physical and Cognitive Aging; 4.3.1.2 Roles and Demands; 4.3.2 Labor Management Challenges; 4.3.3 Strategies for Retaining Older Workers; 4.3.3.1 Bridge Employment; 4.3.3.2 Financial Incentives
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.3.3.3 Job Engagement4.4 Worker-Perspectives on Career Management; 4.5 Conclusion and Implications; References; Chapter 5: Baby Boomers' Impact on Work Force and Tax Issues in the Great Plains; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Graying of the Labor Force; 5.2.1 De fi ning the Great Plains; 5.3 Economic Impacts of Residential Shifts; 5.3.1 Method for Modeling Future Wage Earners and Income; 5.3.2 Results from the Economic Model Simulation for North Dakota; 5.3.2.1 Projected Change in Income Earners; 5.3.2.2 Projected Change in Aggregate Income; 5.4 Implications for Taxes; 5.4.1 Individual Income Tax
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.4.2 Sales Tax
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 79
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048196494
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (434 p.)
    Serie: Social Indicators Research Series, 41 v.v. 41
    Serie: Social Indicators Research Ser. v.41
    Paralleltitel: Print version Enhancing the Quality of Life of People with Intellectual Disabilities
    DDC: 305.9084
    Schlagwort(e): People with disabilities ; Quality of life ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This book contains a series of articles, written by international experts in the fields of intellectual disability and quality of life, that explore a broad range of issues that impact on the quality of life of people with intellectual disabilities and their families. The book commences with a general discussion on defining quality of life and family quality of life and the appropriateness of using these constructs in the field of intellectual disability, and is followed by an analysis on the effects of living arrangements and employment on quality of life. The book concludes with discussions
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Introduction; Part I Measurement and Use of Quality of Life; 1 The Measurement and Use of Quality of Life-Related Personal Outcomes; 2 Quality of Life Model Development and Use in the Field of Intellectual Disability; 3 Measuring Subjective Wellbeing: The Personal Wellbeing Index -- Intellectual Disability; 4 The Integral Quality of Life Scale: Development, Validation, and Use; 5 Using Quality of Life to Assess Performance of Agencies Assisting People with Intellectual Disabilities; Part II Literature Reviews
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6 Quality of Life for Persons with Intellectual Disabilities: A Review of the Literature7 The Effect of Employment on the Quality of Life of People with Intellectual Disabilities: A Review of the Literature; Part III International Perspectives; 8 Quality of Life in the Polder: About Dutch and EU Policies and Practices in Quality of Life for People with Intellectual Disabilities; 9 Differences in Variables Influencing the Ratings of Importance and Use of Quality of Life Domains and Indicators by Polish Services Users and Their Parents
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 10 Quality of Life of Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities and Their Families in China: Research and Applications11 Begging to Live: The Strategy of Survival for People with Intellectual Disabilities in Nigeria; Part IV Children with Intellectual Disabilities; 12 Life Satisfaction for Children with Profound Intellectual and Multiple Disabilities; 13 Aspects of Quality of Life for Children with a Disability in Inclusive Schools; 14 The Quality of Life of Disabled Children; Part V Family Quality of Life; 15 Theorizing About Family Quality of Life
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 16 Family Quality of Life and Older-Aged Families of Adults with an Intellectual Disability17 A Comparison of Two Family Quality of Life Measures: An Australian Study; 18 Quality of Life of the Families of People with Intellectual Disability in Spain; 19 Quality of Life of Families with Children with Intellectual Disabilities in Slovenia; 20 Family Quality of Life in Several Countries: Results and Discussion of Satisfaction in Families Where There Is a Child with a Disability; Part VI Enhancing QOL; 21 Developing Numeracy to Enhance Quality of Life
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 22 Increasing Quality of Life Through Social Capital: Life Without the WorkshopIndex;
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 80
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048189441
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: VIII, 383 S. , Ill., graf. Darst., Kt. , 24 cm
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg. Online-Ressource
    Serie: Knowledge and space 4
    Serie: Knowledge and space
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Cultural memories
    DDC: 306.01
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Anthropology ; Research.. ; Human geography ; Electronic books ; Collective memory ; Cross-cultural studies ; Collective memory ; Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kollektives Gedächtnis ; Geografie
    Kurzfassung: Focusing on the role of spatiality and places, this volume explores cultural memories -- social constructions of the past which allow human beings to orient themselves in time and space. Theoretical considerations are presented, as well as three case studies that illustrate the concepts discussed.
    Kurzfassung: Intro -- Contents -- Contributors -- Part I Theoretical Considerations -- Cultural Memories: An Introduction -- Text or Image? -- Power, Memory, and Public Space -- Locating Memory -- Content of the Book -- Note -- References -- Communicative and Cultural Memory -- Culture as Memory -- Time Frames -- Institutions, Carriers -- Note -- References -- Memory and Space in the Work of Maurice Halbwachs -- The "Social" Subject -- Memory "of" the Group? -- The Structure of Collective Frameworks -- "Physiognomy" as Territorialization -- Duration, Memory, History -- The "Implacement" of Frameworks -- Objects as Markers of Relationships -- Displacement, Disposal, and Forgetting -- Selfhood as Multiplicity -- Summary -- References -- Knowledge, Cultural Memory, and Politics -- Categories of Collective Memories -- Collective Memories and Politics -- Memory as a Component of Orientation Knowledge and Identity -- Power Elites as Ordainers of History -- Countermemories as Resilient Alternative Narratives Under the Pressure of Hegemonic ''Public'' Memory -- Variations of Historical Narratives and Collective Memories in Space and Time -- Old-Style "Memory Industry": Reliance on a Naïve Model of Communication? -- Collective Memories in Illiterate or Lowly Educated Societies -- New Skepticism and Sensitivity to National Propaganda, Eternal Truths, and Manichean Dichotomies -- Designers of Monuments and Curators of Museums: Reliance on a Simplistic Model of Communication? -- Manichean Morality as Its Own Nemesis -- Collective Memories and Political Reconciliation -- Conclusion -- References -- Part II Case Studies -- The Rütli in Switzerland: Minor Memory-Major Ambitions -- The Creation of the Place -- What Is the Status of This Specific Place in the Larger Field of Cultural Memories? -- What Does the Rtli Stand for? -- Postscript -- Notes -- References.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 81
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781461452621
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (333 p)
    Serie: Economic Studies in Inequality, Social Exclusion and Well-Being v.9
    Paralleltitel: Print version Poverty and Social Exclusion around the Mediterranean Sea
    DDC: 305.569091822
    Schlagwort(e): Poverty -- Mediterranean Region ; Marginality, Social -- Mediterranean Region ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: The events taking place in several of South Mediterranean countries since December 2010 show that multiple deprivations may be powerful drivers of political instability. Though improvements of the living conditions have been regularly principal demands along with civil and political liberties in the demonstrations, one of the main striking facts about this so-called "Arab Spring" is that poverty had not been given the same emphasis in southern Mediterranean countries during the last decades as in other areas of the developing and emerging world.Although the growing recognition that poverty is
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.3.1 Data Description1.3.2 Investigation of Poverty by Dimension Over Time and Across the Five Countries; 1.3.3 Multidimensional Poverty Measures and Multidimensional Stochastic Dominance; 1.4…Conclusion; Acknowledgments; References; 2 Building a Material Deprivation Index in a Multinational Context: Lessons from the EU Experience; Abstract; 2.1…Introduction; 2.2…Learning from the EU Experience; 2.3…Selection of Items; 2.4…Dimensional Structure; 2.5…Weighting or Not Weighting?; 2.5.1 Equal Weights; 2.5.2 Unequal Weights; 2.6…Conclusions; Acknowledgments
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: A.0. Annex 1: Dimensional Structure: Confirmatory Factor Analysis and Cronbach AlphaA.0. Annex 2: Weighting; A.0. 2.9…Annex 3; A.0. 2.10…Annex 4; References; Part IIAssessing Poverty; 3 A Family of Unit Consistent Multidimensional Poverty Indices; Abstract; 3.1…Introduction; 3.2…Postulates for an Index of Multidimensional Poverty; 3.3…The Characterization Theorem; 3.4…An Empirical Illustration; 3.5…Conclusions; Acknowledgments; References; 4 Multidimensional and Fuzzy Measures of Poverty and Inequality in Turkey at National and Regional Level; Abstract; 4.1…Introduction
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.1…Introduction5.2…A Methodological Framework for Poverty Measurement; 5.2.1 The Monetary Poverty Index; 5.2.2 Stochastic Dominance; 5.2.3 The Poverty Index in a Multidimensional Framework; 5.2.4 Multidimensional Stochastic Dominance; 5.3…Poverty Measures and Poverty Comparisons Across Regions and Across Occupational Sectors; 5.3.1 Description of the Data and Dimensions of Poverty Used; 5.3.2 Regional and Sectoral Monetary Poverty Comparisons; 5.3.3 Multidimensional Poverty Comparisons; 5.4…Conclusion; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6 A Non-Monetary Multidimensional Poverty Analysis of Tunisia Using Generalized Sen-Shorrocks-Thon Measures
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Poverty and SocialExclusion Aroundthe Mediterranean Sea; Foreword; Contents; Introduction; Part ICross Country Studiesand a North-South Comparisonin the Study of Poverty; 1 Axiomatic and Robust Multidimensional Poverty Measurements in Five Southern Mediterranean Countries; Abstract; 1.1…Introduction; 1.2…Axiomatic and Stochastic Dominance Approaches to Multidimensional Poverty; 1.2.1 The Axiomatic Approach to Poverty; 1.2.2 Multidimensional Poverty Measures; 1.2.3 Ordinal Comparisons of Multidimensional Poverty; 1.3…Main Results for the Cases of Egypt, Lebanon, Morocco, Tunisia, and Turkey
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.2…Theoretical Background to Poverty Measurement and New Proposals4.2.1 Proposal of a New Fuzzy Monetary indicator; 4.2.2 Proposal of a New Fuzzy Supplementary indicator; 4.3…EU-SILC Data Set, Identification of Items and Dimensions; 4.3.1 Transformation of the Items into the [0, 1] Interval; 4.3.2 Factor Analysis; 4.3.3 Calculation of Weights Within Each Dimension; 4.4…Empirical Analysis: Estimates at National and NUTS1 Levels; 4.5…Concluding remarks; Acknowledgments; A.1. 4.6…List of EU-SILC Variables; References; 5 Regional and Sectoral Distributions of Poverty in Lebanon, 2004; Abstract
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 82
    ISBN: 9400715447 , 9789400715448
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: VI, 297 S. , graph. Darst., Kt.
    Paralleltitel: Online-Ausg. Wingens, Matthias, 1956 - A Life-Course Perspective on Migration and Integration
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als A life-course perspective on migration and integration
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Social sciences ; Sociology ; Migration ; Social Sciences ; Migration ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Sociology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Migration ; Soziale Integration ; Biografieforschung
    Anmerkung: Literaturangaben
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 83
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783642215209
    Sprache: Englisch
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg. [S.l.] eblib Online-Ressource
    Serie: EBL-Schweitzer
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Privacy online
    DDC: 303.4834
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Computer networks -- Security measures ; Electronic commerce -- Security measures ; Internet -- Security measures ; Datensicherung ; Internet ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Soziale Software ; Selbstdarstellung ; Öffentlichkeit ; Privatheit ; Selbstöffnung ; Soziales Netzwerk ; Social Media ; Datensicherung
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 84
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400723092
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (300 p.))
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: EBL-Schweitzer
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Neighbourhood effects research
    DDC: 307
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Neighborhoods ; Empirische Sozialforschung ; Lebensbedingungen ; Nachbarschaft ; Sozialstruktur ; Wirtschaftliche Lage ; Wohngebiet ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Neighbourhood Effects Research: New Perspectives; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Neighbourhood Effects Research: New Perspectives; Introduction; Identifying Causal Neighbourhood Effects; Neighbourhood Effects Research at a Crossroads?; Book Structure and Contents; References; Chapter 2: The Mechanism(s) of Neighbourhood Effects: Theory, Evidence, and Policy Implications; Introduction; How Might Neighbourhood Effects Transpire?; Social-Interactive Mechanisms; Environmental Mechanisms; Geographical Mechanisms; Institutional Mechanisms
    Kurzfassung: Conceptual Issues in Uncovering and Measuring Mechanism(s) of Neighbourhood EffectsThe Composition of the Neighbourhood Dosage; The Administration of the Neighbourhood Dosage; The Neighbourhood Dosage-Response Relationship; Past Investigative Responses and Their Limitations; Evidence on Social-Interactive Mechanisms of Neighbourhood Effects; Social Contagion and Collective Socialization; Social Networks; Social Cohesion and Control; Competition and Relative Deprivation; Parental Mediation; Evidence on Environmental Mechanisms of Neighbourhood Effects
    Kurzfassung: Evidence on Geographical Mechanisms of Neighbourhood EffectsEvidence on Institutional Mechanisms of Neighbourhood Effects; A Provisional Synthesis Regarding Evidence on Neighbourhood Effect Mechanisms; Implications for Scholarship and Policy; Advancing Scholarship on Neighbourhood Effect Mechanisms; Implications for Public Policy; References; Chapter 3: Ethnographic Evidence, Heterogeneity, and Neighbourhood Effects After Moving to Opportunity; Introduction; The First Twenty Years of Neighbourhood Effects Research; Selection Bias; Effects on Average; Mechanisms
    Kurzfassung: A Turning Point: The Moving to Opportunity StudiesMoving Forward: From Homogeneous to Heterogeneous Treatment Effects; Individual Level; Neighbourhood Level; City Level; Moving Forward: Better Integrating Ethnographic Research; Two Roles for Ethnographic Research; Ethnographic Data and Heterogeneity; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Understanding Neighbourhood Effects: Selection Bias and Residential Mobility; Introduction; An Empirical Illustration of Selective Mobility Patterns; Selective Mobility and the Selection Problem; Factors Affecting Neighbourhood Choice
    Kurzfassung: Methods for Dealing with Neighbourhood Sorting and Selection BiasConcluding Remarks; References; Chapter 5: Social Mix, Reputation and Stigma: Exploring Residents' Perspectives of Neighbourhood Effects; Introduction; The Case Study Neighbourhoods; Survey Findings; Stigma and the Neighbourhood; The Condition of Housing; Attractiveness of the Neighbourhood; Safety of the Neighbourhood; Tenure and Neighbourhood Density; Summary and Discussion of Survey Results; Interview Findings; Attractiveness of the Neighbourhood and Condition of the Housing; Safety; Density; Conclusions; References
    Kurzfassung: Chapter 6: Theorising and Measuring Place in Neighbourhood Effects Research: The Example of Teenage Parenthood in England
    Kurzfassung: Over the last 25 years a vast body of literature has been published on neighbourhood effects: the idea that living in more deprived neighbourhoods has a negative effect on residents' life chances over and above the effect of their individual characteristics. The volume of work not only reflects academic and policy interest in this topic, but also the fact that we are still no closer to answering the question of how important neighbourhood effects actually are. There is little doubt that these effects exist, but we do not know enough about the causal mechanisms which produce them, their relativ
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 85
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400714236
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (671 p)
    Paralleltitel: Print version Natural Processes and Human Impacts
    DDC: 304.2
    Schlagwort(e): Nature ; Effect of human beings on.. ; Human ecology ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This highly topical book comes at a time when the two-way relationship between humankind and the environment is moving inexorably to the top of the agenda. It covers both sides of this delicate balancing act, explaining how various natural processes influence humanity, including its economic activities and engineering structures, while also illuminating the ways in which human activity puts pressure on the natural environment. Chapters analyze a varied selection of phenomena that directly affect people's lives, from geological processes such as earthquakes and tsunamis to cosmic events such as
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Natural Processes and Human Impacts; Foreword; Preface; Introduction; Contents; Part I: Natural Processes and Their Impacts on Human Activity; 1: Geological Processes; 1.1 Seismic Processes; 1.1.1 Earthquakes; 1.1.2 Volcanic Eruptions; 1.1.3 Tsunamis; 1.2 Cryogenic Processes; 1.2.1 Frost Heaving; 1.2.2 Thermokarst, Thermoerosion, and Thermoabrasion; 1.2.3 Cryogenic Cracking and Solifluction; 1.3 Karst; 1.4 Suffosion; 1.5 Swamping; 1.6 Floating Earth and Quicksands; 1.7 Swelling and Shrinkage; 1.8 Land Subsidence; References; Internet Resource; 2: Geomorphologic Processes; 2.1 Rockfalls
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.2 Screes2.3 Avalanches; 2.4 Landslides; 2.5 Submarine Landslides and Turbidity Currents; 2.6 Mudflows; 2.7 Rock Streams; 2.8 Aufeises; 2.9 Aeolian Processes; 2.10 Soil Erosion; 2.11 River Erosion; 2.12 Abrasion; References; 3: Meteorological Processes; 3.1 Tropical Cyclones; 3.2 Extratropical Cyclones; 3.3 Tornadoes; 3.4 Thunderstorms; 3.5 Blizzards; 3.6 Droughts; 3.7 Atmospheric Precipitation; 3.7.1 Rain; 3.7.2 Snow; 3.7.3 Hail; 3.8 Atmospheric Pressure; 3.9 Wind; 3.10 Temperature; 3.11 Solar Radiation; 3.12 Cloudiness; 3.12.1 Fog; 3.13 Humidity; 3.14 Glaze Ice; 3.15 Ice-Covered Ground
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ReferencesInternet Resources; 4: Hydrological Processes; 4.1 River Floods; 4.2 Wind-Induced Surges (Coastal Floods); 4.3 Sea Currents; 4.3.1 El Niño and La Niña; 4.4 Icebergs; 4.5 Sea and Lake Ice; 4.6 River Ice; 4.7 Ice Jams; 4.7.1 Spring Ice Jams; 4.7.2 Autumn Ice Jams; 4.8 Waterfalls; 4.9 Tides; 4.10 Waves; 4.10.1 Wind-Generated Waves; 4.10.2 Internal Waves; 4.10.3 Seiches; 4.11 Glaciers; 4.11.1 Surging Glaciers; 4.12 Rock Glaciers; 4.13 Variation of Non-draining Lake Levels; 4.14 Upwelling and Downwelling; References; Internet Resources; 5: Biological Processes; 5.1 Agricultural Pests
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.1.1 Insects5.1.2 Mites, Nematodes and Molluscs; 5.1.3 Mammals and Birds; 5.2 Forest Pests; 5.2.1 Insects; 5.2.2 Nematodes and Mites; 5.2.3 Mammals and Birds; 5.3 Plant Diseases; 5.3.1 Agricultural Plant Diseases; 5.3.2 Forest Plant Diseases; 5.4 Diseases of Animals and Humans; 5.4.1 Zoonoses; 5.4.2 Zooanthroponoses; 5.4.3 Anthroponoses; 5.5 Weeds; 5.5.1 Terrestrial Weeds; 5.5.2 Aquatic Weeds; 5.6 Bloodsucking Insects and Animals; 5.7 Predatory Animals; 5.7.1 Fish and Reptiles; 5.7.2 Mammals and Birds; 5.8 Venomous and Poisonous Animals and Insects; 5.8.1 Venomous Aquatic Animals
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.8.1.1 Sponges and Cnidarians5.8.1.2 Worms, Echinoderms and Molluscs; 5.8.1.3 Fish and Reptiles; 5.8.2 Poisonous Aquatic Animals; 5.8.3 Venomous Terrestrial Animals and Insects; 5.8.3.1 Venomous Reptiles; 5.8.3.2 Venomous Arachnids; 5.8.3.3 Venomous Insects and Centipedes; 5.8.3.4 Poisonous Amphibians and Mammals; 5.8.4 Poisonous Terrestrial Animals; 5.9 Other Dangerous Animals; 5.10 Poisonous Plants; 5.10.1 Lower Aquatic Plants; 5.10.2 Lower Terrestrial Plants (Poisonous Fungi); 5.10.3 Higher Plants; 5.11 Bioinvasions; 5.11.1 Microorganisms; 5.11.2 Aquatic Vegetation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.11.3 Terrestrial Plants
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 86
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781461400240
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (369 p)
    Serie: Peace Psychology Book Series
    Serie: Peace Psychology Book Ser.
    Paralleltitel: Print version Small Group Research
    DDC: 302.34
    Schlagwort(e): Consciousness ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Small group research is of particularly wide interest to people working in a fairly broad variety of areas concerned with understanding conflict, especially for practitioners and researchers concerned with conflict resolution, peace, and related areas. The editors will focus on six main topical areas of small group research, which include: - Cooperation, competition, and conflict resolution - Coalitions, bargaining, and games - Group dynamics and social cognition - The group and organization - Team performance - Intergroup relations
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface; Contents; Chapter-1; Cooperation, Competition, and Conflict Resolution; Cooperation; Personal Background; Facilitating Cooperation; Cooperation Versus Competition; Competition; Conflict Resolution; Paradigms and Topics; Background Variables; Styles; Experimental Variables; Communication; Collective Dilemmas; Theories and Paradigms; Real and Perceived Background Variables; Group Size; Experimental Procedure: Framing, Communication, and Other Aspects; Reward Structure; Negotiation; General Considerations; Background Variables and Perceived Differences; Framing and Communication
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: StrategiesThird-Party Mediation; Additional Theories, Paradigms, and Suggestions; Chapter-2; Bargaining, Coalitions, and Games: Classified Citations; Bargaining; Laboratory and Quasi-Laboratory Studies and Theoretical Papers; Field Applications; Coalitions; Laboratory and Quasi-Laboratory Studies and Theoretical Papers; Applications; Games; Laboratory and Quasi-Laboratory Studies and Theoretical Papers; "Real-World" Applications and Effects; Chapter-3; Group Dynamics and Social Cognition; Physical Setting and Background Variables; Social Influence; Roles (Including Leadership); Relationships
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Social Interaction Including Group Decision MakingConflict Resolution; Organizations; Intergroup Relations; Therapy Groups; The Group and the Organization; Chapter-4; Organizations, Networks, Groups, Teams; Theories for Small Groups and Organizations; Functions Within Functions; Typing Groups by Functional Categories; Resources (R) Driven Groups; Product (G) Driven Groups; Rule (I) Driven Groups; Meaning (M) Driven Groups; Integration and Role Differentiation; Influences Between the Organization and the Small Group; Goals, Norms, and Technology
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Influence of the Small Group on the OrganizationEnvironment and Culture; Diversity; Introducing Diversity; Leadership; Group Support Systems; Summary; Team Performance; Chapter-5; Team Performance; Task: Meaning (M); Task: Resources (R); Task: Integration (I); Task: Goal-Attainment (G); Creativity in Teams; Team Training and Feedback; Stress; Organizational Factors; Women (Gender); Conflicts in Organizations and Groups; Time: A Goal-Attainment Variable for Groups and Individuals; Organizational Support for Work; Virtual Teams and Organizations; Virtual Teams and Organizations and Meaning
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Organizational CreativityOrganizational Learning; Individual Learning; Summary; Chapter-6; Intergroup Relations; Minimal Groups; Cognitive Approaches to the Consequences of Being in a Group; Ingroup Favoritism and Bias; Linguistic Bias; Developmental Studies; Intergroup Differentiation and Distinctiveness; Optimal Distinctiveness Theory; Social Categorization and Social Identity: The Self-Group Relationship; Individual Differences, Social Identity, and SelfEsteem; Multiple Category or Multiple Group Membership; Affective Consequences: Emotion, Perceived Threat, Intergroup Anxiety, Fear
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Behavioral Consequences: Competition, Conflict, Aggression
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 87
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781461405641
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (218 p)
    Paralleltitel: Print version LGBT Psychology
    DDC: 306.7608996
    Schlagwort(e): Homosexuality ; Psychological aspects.. ; Sexual orientation ; Psychological aspects.. ; Africans.. ; Ethnopsychology ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Same-sex attracted, and non-gender conforming African-Americans are substantial in number, yet underrepresented in the social and behavioral science literature. This volume addresses the issues of African-American LGBT psychology as a case of indigenous psychology. The authors present the research of scholars who are developing theory, practice, and services that are couched within the specific cultural complexities of this population. Some key topics addressed in AFrican-American Issues in LGBT Psychology are gender, spirituality, family, racism, ""coming out"", generational differences, heal
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: LGBT Psychology; Preface; Acknowledgments; About the Author and Contributor; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Chapter 1: Indigenous and Intersecting: People of African Descent in LGBT Psychology; Intersectional Invisibility; Indigenous Psychology from Within; Significance of Culture and Interpersonal Factors as Black Issues; Intersectionality Research; ADDRESSING Model; Advancing the Study of People of African Descent in LGBT Psychology; "Queer" Studies Programs; The Role of Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs); Sociopolitical Issues; Conclusion; Recommended Readings
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: ReferencesChapter 2: Gender and Black Communities; Gender Non-conformity and Transgression as Metaphysical; Traditional Gender Roles and Identity in Black Culture; Persons of African Descent: Gender Transgressions and the Metaphysical; Drag, Negro Faggotry, and Other Gender Transgressions; MIAKAS; Negro Faggotry and Patriarchal Parody; Conclusion; Recommended Readings; References; Chapter 3: Religion and Spirituality; How Religion Became Salient for Blacks in America; Racism and Ancestral Baggage; Silencing and Shame Effects; Self Discrepancy Theory; Diverse Black Sexuality
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Diversity of Religious/Spiritual Significance and the Lives of LGBT People of African DescentBlack Liberation Theology and Psychosocial Relevance; Mind and Spirit; Conclusion; Recommended Readings; References; Chapter 4: New "Outsiders": Black Lesbian, Gay, and Bisexual Students in a Historically Black University Context; Existential Psychology and Happiness; Active Coping; Psychosocial Competence Model; Method; Participants; Procedure; Thematic Analysis; Results; Theme 1: Helping Ourselves, and Helping Others Learn About Us
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Theme 2: "Being Black Matters", Negative Statements and Lack of AcceptanceTheme 3: "I Am Going to Be Me"; Theme 4: "I May Be Non-Gender Conforming at Times, BUT…"; Theme 5: "We Can and Will Fight!"; Theme 6: "No Formal Resources Are Here for Us. We Informally Meet Other LGB Students"; Theme 7: "I Believe in God But…"; Theme 8: "My Family? We've Had Conflict Regarding My Identity"; Theme 9: "My Family? They Know, but We Don't Talk About It"; Theme 10: "We Need More Campus Resources and LGBT Education in the Black Community"; Discussion; Recommended Readings; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 5: Black Gay Men of the South: Research Implications and E. Patrick Johnson's Sweet TeaOral Tradition and Black Culture; Johnson's Themes in Sweet Tea; Growing Up Black and Gay in the South (Theme 1); Coming Out and Turning the Closet Inside Out (Theme 2); Gayness and the Black Church (Theme 3); Homosex in the South (Theme 4); Transitioning the South (Theme 5); Love and Relationships in the South (Theme 6); Black Gay Men Across Generations (Theme 7); Conclusion; Recommended Readings; References; Chapter 6: Sexual Minority Women of African Descent; Feminist Standpoint Theory
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Marginality
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 88
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783642053597
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (422 p)
    Serie: THE FRONTIERS COLLECTION
    Paralleltitel: Print version Humans on Earth
    DDC: 304.2
    Schlagwort(e): Human ecology.. ; Human beings ; Origin.. ; Human evolution.. ; Sustainable development ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This is a wide-ranging and persuasive book written by an undisputed expert. Beginning with a broad history of the Universe, Earth, Life, and Man, it considers the origins and rise of science and technology, before moving on to discuss the present state of the world and its/our possible futures. ""Humans on Earth"" then addresses the main challenges for social and economic development in the 21st century in the context of global change. It presents a detailed but non-technical analysis of questions relating to climate change, our dependence on fossil fuels, deforestation, loss of biodiversity
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Humans on Earth; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1 Science and Technology. From the Originsup to the Twenty-First Century; 1.1 The Birth of Modern Science; 1.2 Philosophy and Science; 1.3 The Universality of the Laws of Physics; 1.4 Determinism, Uncertainty, and Probability; 1.5 L'Esprit Géométrique et l'Esprit de Finesse, by Blaise Pascal; 1.6 The Evolution of the Species; 1.7 Symbiosis Between Science and Technology; 1.8 Science and Technology in the Military Sphere. The Case of the USA in WorldWar I and II; 1.9 The Manhattan Project
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1.10 Science, Technology, and Defence: From the End ofWorld War II up to the Beginning of the Twenty-First Century1.11 Science, Technology, and Development: The First Reactions; 1.12 Sociology of Science and Post-Modernism; 1.13 Relativity, Disbelief, and Opposition to Science and Technology; 1.14 Science and Religion. A Dialogue in Permanent Evolution; 1.15 The Great Challenges of the Twenty-First Century; 1.16 From the Past to the Future; Chapter 2 A Very Brief Historyof the Universe, Earth, and Life; 2.1 From the Big Bang to the Formation of the Galaxies
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.2 The Four Fundamental Forces of Physics2.3 And Before the Big Bang?; 2.4 How Did the Solar System Form and What Is the Source of the Sun's Energy?; 2.5 How Did the Planets of the Solar System Form?; 2.6 The Importance of the Comets and the Moon in the History of Life; 2.7 The Last Great Collision with Earth; 2.8 The Atmosphere, the Oceans, and the Appearance of Life; 2.9 The Greenhouse Effect and the Regulatory Role of Atmospheric CO2; 2.10 Is There Life Outside the Solar System? The Discovery and Study of Extra-Solar Planets
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.11 The Origin of Life and the Search for the Oldest Common Ancestor2.12 The Oxygen Catastrophe; 2.13 The Formation of the First Eukaryotic Cells; 2.14 The Invention of Sexual Reproduction; 2.15 The Invention of Multicellularity and the Loss of Virtual Immortality; 2.16 Life Starts to Seize Land; 2.17 The Major Permian-Triassic Extinction of Species; 2.18 The Importance of Seeds, Flowers, and Fruits; 2.19 Origin and Evolution of Mammals; 2.20 Mammals Benefited from the Catastrophe at Chicxulub; 2.21 Primates Develop in the Angiosperm Forests and Come Down to the Ground
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.22 The First Hominids2.23 WhatWere the Reasons for the Remarkable Encephalization in the Homo Lineage?; 2.24 How Did Homo sapiens Arise?; 2.25 Cultural Evolution Becomes Dominant; 2.26 Impacts of the Cultural Development and Territorial Expansion of Homo sapiens; 2.27 The Invention of Agriculture; 2.28 The First Use of Metals; 2.29 The First City-States; 2.30 The Invention of Writing; 2.31 The First Records of Religious Practices; 2.32 The Nature of Religiousness; 2.33 Religious Cults in the Egyptian Civilization; 2.34 The Origins of Judaism; 2.35 The Origins of Christianity
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 2.36 The Origins of Islam
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 89
    ISBN: 9783642128509
    Sprache: Deutsch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (252 p)
    Ausgabe: 2nd ed
    Paralleltitel: Print version Bachelor nach Plan : Studienwahl, Bewerbung, Einstieg, Finanzierung, Wohnungssuche, Auslandsstudium
    DDC: 300
    Schlagwort(e): Education, Higher.. ; Degrees, Academic ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Wer studieren m chte, steht vor vielen Fragen: Was will ich studieren? Wie l uft das Studium ab, wie finanziere ich es? Welche Hochschule passt zu mir? Wie bewerbe ich mich? Der Autor erkl rt Abiturienten in klarer, verst ndlicher Sprache, wie das Studium funktioniert und hilft bei der Entscheidung und Bewerbung f r das passende Programm an der richtigen Hochschule. Er macht Lesern Mut, den eigenen Weg zu finden und zeigt, wie es gelingt, gelassen zu bleiben. Mit Infoboxen, die zur Selbstreflexion anleiten, Checklisten, Webadressen und Glossar
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Title Page ; Copyright Page ; Vorwort; Table of Contents ; 1 Einleitung; Liebe Leserin, lieber Leser, …; Zu diesem Buch; Zum Autor; 2 Fahrplan; 2.1 Fortschrittdiagramm für gute Planer; 2.2 Fortschrittsdiagramm für die Entscheidung in letzter Minute; 3 Das System; 3.1 Wie es zum Bachelor kam - Der Bologna-Prozess; 3.2 Der Bachelor - eine Einführung; 3.3 Stand der Umsetzung; 3.4 Wie läuft ein Studium grundsätzlich ab?; 3.5 Hochschularten; 3.5.1 Die Universität; 3.5.2 Die Fachhochschule; 3.5.3 Eine halbe Hochschule: Die Berufsakademie; 3.6 Duale Studiengänge - Theorie und Praxis vereint
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 3.7 Privathochschulen3.8 Was geht mit welchem Schulabschluss?; 3.9 Die anderen Abschlüsse: Staatsexamen, Diplom, Magister; 3.10 Akkreditierung; 3.11 Fernstudium; 3.12 Teilzeitstudium; 3.13 Die Kritik am Bachelor - was ist dran?; 3.13.1 Das Hauptproblem: Die Studierbarkeit; 3.13.2 Weitere Kritikpunkte; 3.13.3 Erfolg mit kleinem Wermutstropfen: Die Internationalisierung; 3.13.4 Was gut lief: Die Erfolge; 3.13.5 Fazit; 4 Ausland; 4.1 Binationale Studiengänge; 4.2 Erasmus; 4.3 Deutschsprachige Studiengänge im Ausland; 4.4 Großbritannien; 4.5 Frankreich; 4.6 Niederlande; 4.7 Schweiz
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 4.8 Österreich4.9 Schweden; 4.10 Irland; 4.11 USA; 4.12 Kanada; 4.13 Australien; 4.14 Weitere Länder; 4.15 Exkurs Sprachtests; 5 Wie finde ich das Studium, das zu mir passt?; 5.1 Wo Du nach Studiengängen suchen kannst; 5.2 Du kennst Dich selbst am besten; 5.3 Dein Abitur; 5.4 Eltern, Familie, Freunde, Studenten; 5.5 Selbsttests; 5.6 Webseiten; 5.7 Studien- und Berufsberater; 5.8 Hochschulmessen; 5.9 Besuch der Hochschule; 6 Was studieren - ein Leitfaden; 6.1 Ich will etwas mit Sprachen!; Beschreibung; Interdisziplinäre Formen; Ausgefallene Studiengänge; Berufsaussichten; Weitere Informationen
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6.2 Ich will etwas Kreatives!Beschreibung; Interdisziplinäre Formen; Ausgefallene Studiengänge; Berufsaussichten; Weitere Infos; 6.3 Ich will etwas mit Technik!; Beschreibung; Interdisziplinäre Formen; Berufsaussichten; Ausgefallene Studiengänge; Weitere Informationen; 6.4 Ich will etwas Gesellschaftswissenschaftliches!; Beschreibung; Interdisziplinäre Formen; Berufsaussichten; Ausgefallene Studiengänge; Weitere Informationen; 6.5 Ich will etwas mit Menschen!; Beschreibung; Interdisziplinäre Formen; Berufsaussichten; Ausgefallene Studiengänge; Weitere Informationen
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6.6 Ich will etwas mit Gesundheit!Beschreibung; Interdisziplinäre Formen; Berufsaussichten; Ausgefallene Studiengänge; Weitere Informationen; 6.7 Ich will etwas mit Umwelt!; Beschreibung; Interdisziplinäre Formen; Berufsaussichten; Ausgefallene Studiengänge; Weitere Informationen; 6.8 Ich will etwas mit Medien!; Beschreibung; Interdisziplinäre Formen; Berufsaussichten; Ausgefallene Studiengänge; Weitere Informationen; 6.9 Ich will etwas mit Wirtschaft!; Beschreibung; Interdisziplinäre Formen; Berufsaussichten; Ausgefallene Studiengänge; Weitere Informationen; 6.10 Ich will etwas mit Recht!
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Beschreibung
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 9789400705357
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: xxx, 342 p. , ill. (some col.)
    Serie: Community Quality-Of-Life Indicators Ser. v.3
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 306
    Schlagwort(e): Social indicators ; Quality of life ; Social history ; Social indicators ; Quality of life ; Social history ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: The case studies in this book are 'best-practice' community quality-of-life indicator systems implemented in various communities throughout the world. They take the reader from the initial planning stages through to the application of the data collected.
    Kurzfassung: Intro -- Preface -- References -- Contents -- Contributors -- About the Authors -- 1 Comprehensive Local Community Development via Collaborative Quality of Life Planning: Best Practices from Two San Diego Neighborhoods -- Introduction -- Methodology -- The Neighborhoods First Initiative -- Quality of Life Indicators and Collaborative Planning Processes -- Case Study: Colina Park -- Case Study: Greater Logan Heights -- Conclusions -- References -- Select Online Resources Pertaining to Neighborhoods First -- 2 Developing and Sustaining a Community Information System for Central Indiana: SAVI as a Case Study -- Development of SAVI: A Historical Overview -- System Design -- Data Processing -- Data Import -- Defining Indicators -- Data Delivery -- Data Search -- Margins of Error -- Metadata -- Mapping -- Graphing and Charting -- Quality Control -- User Testing -- Training and User Support -- Training -- User Support -- Funding and Governance -- Funding -- Uses of SAVI -- Community -- Research -- The Future of SAVI -- Lessons Learned -- From Lessons to Practice: Recommended Steps -- Develop a Strategic Plan -- Acquire, Process, and Package Data -- Build or Acquire an Information System for Data Display and Analysis -- Establish a Capacity-Building Program -- References -- 3 Sustaining the Operations of Community Indicators Projects: The Case of Twin Cities Compass -- Introduction -- Background -- Brief History -- Basic Approach -- Initial Impacts on the Community -- Budget Overview -- Sustaining the Core -- Public Web site -- Advisory Groups -- Forums Convened by Twin Cities Compass -- In-Person Presentations -- Media -- Newsletters -- Print Pieces -- Social Media -- Supporting the Project Through Contractual Work -- Conclusion and Lessons Learned -- References -- 4 Quality of Life at a Finer Grain: The National Neighborhood Indicators Partnership.
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 91
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048126040
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (215 p)
    Serie: Innovation and Change in Professional Education, 5 v.No. 5
    Serie: Innovation and Change in Professional Education Ser. v.5
    Paralleltitel: Print version Elaborating Professionalism
    DDC: 305.553
    Schlagwort(e): Professional employees.. ; Professional ethics.. ; Professional education.. ; Continuing education ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: What are the future possibilities for the standing of professional practice as it faces growingly problematic markets for services, complex demands for managerial accountability and control, and problematic circumstances and expectations in its ethical and self-regulative governance? New sources of inspiration may be needed if professionalism is to be either a viable or desirable form for the social organisation of work in the coming years of potentially deep economic and social change. Set in the UK, South Africa, Australia and the USA, the empirical studies included elaborate problematic sit
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Authors; 1 Challenging Professionalism; 2 On the Relationship Between Problem-Solving Skills and Professional Practice; 3 A Lens on Literacy: Workplace Competence and Professional Practice; 4 Revisiting Informal and Incidental Learning as a Vehicle for Professional Learning and Development; 5 Making It Safe: The Effects of Leader Inclusiveness and Professional Status on Psychological Safety and Improvement Efforts in Health Care Teams; 6 Making Sense of Curriculum Innovation and Mathematics Teacher Identity
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 7 Working with Learner Contributions: A Key Dimension of Professional Practice8 What Is Professional Practice? Recognising and Respecting Diversity in Understandings of Practice; 9 An Approach to Notions of Subject Position and Discourse in Activity Theory; 10 Studies in the Theory and Practice of Professionalism:Ways Forward; Name Index; Subject Index
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 92
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048194124
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (474 p)
    Paralleltitel: Print version Landscapes and Societies
    DDC: 910.02
    Schlagwort(e): Landscapes ; Civilization ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This book contains case histories intended to show how societies and landscapes interact. The range of interest stretches from the small groups of the earliest Neolithic, through Bronze and Iron Age civilizations, to modern nation states. The coexistence is, of its very nature reciprocal, resulting in changes in both society and landscape. In some instances the adaptations may be judged successful in terms of human needs, but failure is common and even the successful cases are ephemeral when judged in the light of history. Comparisons and contrasts between the various cases can be made at vari
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface; Contents; List of Contributors; List of Reviewers; Part IIntroduction; Summaries of the Contributions and Few Considerations; 1.1 The Chapters: Brief Summaries and Considerations; 1.2 Commentary; References; 2.1 Landscape and Land; 2.2 Landscape Quality; 2.3 Society, Culture and Civilization; 2.5 Adaptation; 2.6 Sustainability; References; Womb, belly and landscape in the Anthropocene; 3.1 Historical Background; 3.2 Landscape Change and the Soil: Anthropic Change in the Landscape; 3.3 Discussion: The Human Ecological Footprint on the Land; 3.4 Conclusions; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Part IIThe Mediterranean and European World-Arid Mediterranean LandsHuman Responses to Climatically-driven Landscape Change and Resource Scarcity: Learning from the Past and Planning for the Futu; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Linked Climatic and Environmental Change in the Middle Holocene; 4.3 Human Responses to Climatic and Environmental Change in the Middle Holocene; 4.4 Synthesis: Recurring Responses to RCC and Climatic Desiccation; 4.5 Lessons from the 6th Millennium BP for the Twenty-First Century; 4.6 Conclusions; References; 5.2 Paleoclimate of Central Sahara
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 5.3 Geological and Geomorphologic Background5.4 The Wet Holocene: Landscapes and Strategies; 5.5 Drought at 5,000?Years BP; 5.6 Conclusions; References; The Desertification of the Egyptian Sahara during the Holocene (the Last 10,000?years) and its influence on the Rise of Egyptia; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Present Situation; 6.3 Climatic Change; 6.4 Societal Changes; 6.5 Integration of Climatic and Societal Changes; 6.6 Conclusions; References; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 The Area; 7.3 Environmental and Societal Changes; 7.4 Conclusions; References; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Materials and Methods
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 8.3 ?The Farmscape8.5 Metal-Working Sites; 8.6 Discussion; 8.7 ?Conclusions; References; Empire and Environment in the Northern Fertile Crescent; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Case Studies: Settlement Dispersal and Soil Erosion; 9.3 Case Studies: The Extension of Settlement into Climatically Marginal Areas; 9.4 Case Studies: Water Supply and the Spread of Irrigation Technologies; 9.5 Discussion; References; Part IIIThe Mediterranean and European World-Warm-Temperate Mediterranean Lands; 10.1 Introduction; 10.2 Natural Development of the Postglacial Environment
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 10.3 The Coming of Agriculture and its Impact10.4 Changes over the Last Millennium; 10.5 Conclusion; References; 11.2 Geology and Geomorphology of Sardinia; 11.3 The Nuragic Civilisation; 11.4 Distribution of the Different Types of Settlements in the Various Landscapes; 11.5 Case Studies; 11.6 Discussion; 11.7 Conclusions; References; 12.1 Introduction; 12.2 Regional Setting; 12.3 Methods; 12.4 Case Studies; 12.5 Community Adaptability; References; Landscape Influences on the Development of the Medieval-Early Renaissance City-states of Pisa, Florence, and Siena, Italy
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 13.1 The Physical Setting
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 93
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048199679
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (278 p)
    Serie: Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science, 275 v.v. 275
    Serie: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science Ser. v.275
    Paralleltitel: Print version Science between Europe and Asia
    DDC: 509
    Schlagwort(e): Science -- Europe -- History ; Science -- Asia -- History ; Technology -- Europe -- History ; Technology -- Asia -- History ; Technology transfer -- Cross-cultural studies ; Europe -- Intellectual life ; Asia -- Intellectual life ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This book explores the various historical and cultural aspects of scientific, medical and technical exchanges that occurred between central Europe and Asia. A number of papers investigate the printing, gunpowder, guncasting, shipbuilding, metallurgical and drilling technologies while others deal with mapping techniques, the adoption of written calculation and mechanical clocks as well as the use of medical techniques such as pulse taking and electrotherapy. While human mobility played a significant role in the exchange of knowledge, translating European books into local languages helped the in
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: SCIENCE BETWEEN EUROPE AND ASIA; Introduction; Part 1: On Technologies; Reflections on the Transmission and Transformation of Technologies: Agriculture, Printing and Gunpowder between East and West; The Ottoman Empire and the Technological Dialogue Between Europe and Asia: The Case of Military Technology and Know-How in the; General Observations on the Ottoman Military Industry, 1774-1839: Problems of Organization and Standardization; Cultural Attitudes and Horse Technologies: A View on Chariots and Stirrups from the Eastern End of the Eurasian Continent
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Part 2: On Maps, Astronomical Instruments, Clocks and CalendarsPatchwork - The Norm of Mapmaking Practices for Western Asia in Catholic and Protestant Europe As Well As in Istanbul Between 1; The Ottoman Ambassador's Curiosity Coffer: Eclipse Prediction with De La Hire's ``Machine'' Crafted by Bion of Paris; The Clockmaker Family Meyer and Their Watch Keeping the alla turca Time; The Adoption and Adaptation of Mechanical Clocks in Japan; Adoption and Resistance: Zhang Yongjing and Ancient Chinese Calendrical Methods; Part 3: On Localizing, Appropriating and Translating New Knowledge
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Travelling Both Ways: The Adaptation of Disciplines, Scientific Textbooks and InstitutionsBetween Translation and Adaptation: Turkish Editions of Ganot's Traité; Eclecticism and Appropriation of the New Scientific Methods by the Greek-Speaking Scholars in the Ottoman Empire; Part 4: On Medicine and Medical Practices; Conveying Chinese Medicine to Seventeenth-Century Europe; Adoption and Adaption: A Study of Medical Ideas and Techniques in Colonial India; How Electricity Energizes the Body: Electrotherapeutics and its Analogy of Life in the Japanese Medical Context
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: What is `Islamic' in Islamic Medicine? An OverviewIndex
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 94
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781441969668
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (327 p.)
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Paralleltitel: Print version Economics of Information Security and Privacy
    DDC: 658.4/78
    Schlagwort(e): Computers - Access control - Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: The Workshop on the Economics of Information Security (WEIS) is the leading forum for interdisciplinary research and scholarship on information security and privacy, combining ideas, techniques, and expertise from the fields of economics, social science, business, law, policy, and computer science. In 2009, WEIS was held in London, at UCL, a constituent college of the University of London. "Economics of Information Security and Privacy" includes chapters presented at WEIS 2009, having been carefully reviewed by a program committee composed of leading researchers. Topics covered inclu
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface; List of Contributors; Contents; Chapter 1 Introduction and Overview; Chapter 2 The Price of Uncertainty in Security Games; Chapter 3 Nobody Sells Gold for the Price of Silver: Dishonesty, Uncertainty and the Underground Economy; Chapter 4 Security Economics and Critical National Infrastructure; Chapter 5 Internet Multi-Homing Problems: Explanations from Economics; Chapter 6 Modeling the Security Ecosystem - The Dynamics of (In)Security; Chapter 7 Modeling the Economic Incentives of DDoS Attacks: Femtocell Case Study *
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 8 The Privacy Jungle: On the Market for Data Protection in Social NetworksChapter 9 The Policy Maker's Anguish: Regulating Personal Data Behavior Between Paradoxes and Dilemmas; Chapter 10 Valuating Privacy with Option Pricing Theory; Chapter 11 Optimal Timing of Information Security Investment: A Real Options Approach; Chapter 12 Competitive Cyber-Insurance and Internet Security; Chapter 13 Potential Rating Indicators for Cyberinsurance: An Exploratory Qualitative Study; Chapter 14 The Risk of Risk Analysis And its Relation to the Economics of Insider Threats
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 15 Competition, Speculative Risks, and IT Security Outsourcing
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 95
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781441962775
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (243 p)
    Serie: Advancing Responsible Adolescent Development
    Serie: Advancing Responsible Adolescent Development Ser.
    Paralleltitel: Print version Digital Youth : Connecting Developmental Tasks to Online Behavior
    DDC: 302.2310835
    Schlagwort(e): Mass media and youth.. ; Digital media ; Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Youth around the world are fittingly described as digital natives because of their comfort and skill with technological hardware and content. Recent studies indicate that an overwhelming majority of children and teenagers use the Internet, cell phones, and other mobile devices. Equipped with familiarity and unprecedented access, it is no wonder that adolescents consume, create, and share copious amounts of content. But is there a cost? "Digital Youth: The Role of Media in Development" recognizes the important role of digital tools in the lives of teenagers and presents both the risks and benef
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; About the Authors; 1 Adolescents Digital Worlds: An Introduction; Emerging Media: Blurring of the Lines Between Hardware and Content; The World Internet Project; Online Applications and Digital Contexts Used by Adolescents; Social Networking Sites (SNSs); Text Messaging; Blogs and Microblogs; Online Phoning Applications; Instant Messaging (IM); Online Gaming; Chat Rooms; Virtual Worlds; Bulletin Boards; Downloading Music and Videos; Characteristics of Digital Communication Environments; Disembodied Users; Anonymity; Text-Based Communication
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Self-Disclosure and DisinhibitionUse of Emoticons; Media-Multitasking and Multitasking; Studying Young Peoples Digital Worlds; Logistical Considerations; Methodological Considerations; Goals and Organization of the Book; References; 2 Connecting Online Behavior to Adolescent Development: A Theoretical Framework; Lessons from Developmental Psychology; Changes During Adolescence; Developmental Tasks and Issues; The Role of the Context in Adolescent Development; Digital Media and Adolescent Development
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: A Theoretical Framework for Conceptualizing Adolescents Online Behavior: The Co-construction ModelConclusions; References; 3 Sexuality on the Internet: Sexual Exploration, Cybersex, and Pornography; Adolescent Sexuality; Characteristics of Online Environments Relevant to Sexuality; Online Sexual Exploration; Constructing and Presenting Sexual Selves Online; Cybersex: Sexual Conversations Online; Accessing Sexually Explicit Content Online; Sexual Minority Youth and the Internet; Conclusions; References; 4 Constructing Identity Online: Identity Exploration and Self-Presentation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Identity During AdolescenceOnline Self-Presentation and Virtual Identity; Adolescents Online Identity Construction; Tools for Online Self-Presentation; Identity Expression and Self-Presentation in Blogs and Homepages; Identity Expression and Self-Presentation in Social Networking Sites; Online Behavior and Identity Status; Ethnic Identity Online; Identity Experiments and Pretending; Virtual Identity; Conclusions; References; 5 Intimacy and the Internet: Relationships with Friends, Romantic Partners, and Family Members; Adolescents Friendships and Peer Group Relationships
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Theoretical BackgroundOnline Contexts and Relationships with Offline Friends and Peer Group Members; Benefits and Costs of Interacting Online with Peers; Online Contexts and Relationships with Strangers; Adolescents Romantic Relationships; Theoretical Background; Online Contexts and Adolescents' Romantic Relationships; How ?Real? Are Online Romantic Relationships?; The Role of Culture in Online Romantic Relationships; Adolescents Relationships Within Their Families; Has Technology Changed Interactions with Family Members?; Impact on Family Relationships; Conclusions; References
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 6 Digital Worlds and Doing the Right Thing: Morality, Ethics, and Civic Engagement
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 96
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048198603
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (xvii, 230 p) , ill
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg. 2011 Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    Serie: Social indicators research series vol. 43
    Serie: Social Indicators Research Ser. v.43
    Paralleltitel: Print version Quality-of-Life Community Indicators for Parks, Recreation and Tourism Management
    DDC: 305
    Schlagwort(e): Social indicators ; Quality of life ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: While community quality-of-life indicators are gaining much needed attention in both scholarly work and practice, their application in the areas of parks, recreation and tourism management are not as well known. The applicability of indicator systems for natural resource and natural resource area management within the parks and recreation arena is very high, including urban parks and recreation programs and their influence on quality of life. Tourism is also an area that needs much more work in terms of assessing impacts as well as developing indicators for gauging progress in the long term. A
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Contents; Contributors; About the Contributors; 1 Introduction; 2 Indicators and Standards in Parks and Outdoor Recreation; 3 Leisure and Relationship to Quality-of-Life Satisfaction; 4 Publicly Accessible Space and Quality of Life: A Tool for Measuring the Openness of Urban Spaces; 5 Expectancy Theory in Quality-of-Life Leisure Indicators Influences for Integrated Resource Management; 6 Development of a Tourism and Quality-of-Life Instrument; 7 Sustainability Indicators for Managing Community Tourism; 8 Island Awash Sustainability Indicators and Social Complexity in the Caribbean
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: 9 Tourism-Specific Quality-of-Life Index: The Budapest Model10 Stakeholder Involvement in Destination Level Sustainable Tourism Indicator Development: The Case of a Southwestern U.S. Mining Town; 11 The Trials and Tribulations of Implementing Indicator Models for Sustainable Tourism Management: Lessons from Ireland; Index
    Anmerkung: Includes bibliographical references and index , Electronic reproduction; Available via World Wide Web
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 97
    ISBN: 9789048190942
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 214 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Serie: Vertebrate paleobiology and paleoanthropology
    Paralleltitel: Erscheint auch als Asian paleoanthropology
    DDC: 599.938095
    Schlagwort(e): Paleoanthropology ; Asia.. ; Anthropology, Prehistoric ; Asia ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Asien ; Paläanthropologie
    Kurzfassung: This volume brings together a group of authors that address the question of the first out of Africa into Asia c. 2 Ma. The scope of the book is comprehensive as it covers almost every major region of Asia. The primary goal of this volume is to provide an updated synthesis of the current state of the Asian paleoanthropological and paleoenvironmental records. The papers include detailed studies of the theoretical constructs underlying the move out of Africa, including detailed reconstructions of the paleoenvironment and possible migration routes. Other papers detail the Plio-Pleistocene archaeol
    Kurzfassung: Christopher J. Norton was born in Korea to Korean parents.... At about the age of one he was orphaned in Seoul (Korea) and after living in an orphanage for six months, he was then adopted by an American family. Growing up in a Caucasian-American household.... He traveled to Korea during his undergraduate days on an exchange program. -- "My original objective in going to Korea was to reconstruct my own past, but I have since expanded these interests to eastern Asian prehistory, as one of paleoanthropology's goals is to reconstruct the past without all the pieces." (Christopher J. Bae = C. J. Norton) -- Quelle: https://anthropology.manoa.hawaii.edu/christopher-bae/#edu
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 1: Asian Paleoanthropology: An Introduction; Chapter 2: The Colonization of "Savannahstan": Issues of Timing(s) and Patterns of Dispersal Across Asia in the Late Pliocene a; Chapter 3: On the Road to China: The Environmental Landscape of the Early Pleistocene in Western Eurasia and Its Implication; Chapter 4: Africa and Asia: Comparisons of the Earliest Archaeological Evidence; Chapter 5: Inter-continental Variation in Acheulean Bifaces; Chapter 6: Cranial Shape in Asian Homo erectus: Geographic, Anagenetic, and Size-Related Variation
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 7: Rethinking the Palearctic-Oriental Biogeographic Boundary in Quaternary ChinaChapter 8: The History of Hominin Occupation of Central Asia in Review; Chapter 9: Core-and-Flake Assemblages of Central and Peninsular India; Chapter 10: South Asia as a Geographic Crossroad: Patterns and Predictions of Hominin Morphology in Pleistocene India; Chapter 11: Cranial Morphology and Variation of the Earliest Indonesian Hominids; Chapter 12: Central-East China - A Plio-Pleistocene Dispersal Corridor: The Current State of Evidence for Hominin Occupations
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Chapter 13: The Earliest Hominin Occupations in the Nihewan Basin of Northern China: Recent Progress in Field InvestigationsChapter 14: Peopling in the Korean Peninsula; Chapter 15: When Were the Earliest Hominin Migrations to the Japanese Islands?;
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 98
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048123544
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (283 p.))
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: Social Indicators Research Series, 39 v.v. 39
    Serie: EBL-Schweitzer
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Diener, Ed, 1946 - The collected works of Ed Diener ; 3: Assessing well-being
    DDC: 158
    Schlagwort(e): Well-being ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: Introduction - Measuring Well-Being: Collected Theory and Review Works; Temporal Stability and Cross-Situational Consistency of Affective, Behavioral, and Cognitive Responses; Assessing Subjective Well-Being: Progress and Opportunities; The Evolving Concept of Subjective Well-Being: The Multifaceted Nature of Happiness; Review of the Satisfaction With Life Scale; Subjective Well-Being: The Convergence and Stability of Self-Report and Non-Self-Report Measures; Measuring Positive Emotions; Experience Sampling: Promises and Pitfalls, Strength and Weaknesses
    Kurzfassung: Life-Satisfaction Is a Momentary Judgment and a Stable Personality Characteristic: The Use of Chronically Accessible and Stable SourcesHappiness is the Frequency, Not the Intensity, of Positive Versus Negative Affect; Income's Differential Influence on Judgments of Life Versus AffectiveWell-Being; New Measures of Well-Being; Conclusion: Future Directions in Measuring Well-Being
    Kurzfassung: Presents the major works of the author, a leading research scientist studying happiness and well-being, who has studied subjective well-being, people's life satisfaction and positive emotions, for over a quarter of a century, and has published 200 works on the topic
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 99
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783642037047
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (196 p)
    Serie: Demographic Research Monographs
    Paralleltitel: Print version Fertility of Immigrants
    DDC: 304.63208900943
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Fertility, Human -- Germany ; Immigrants -- Germany ; Electronic books ; Electronic books
    Kurzfassung: This book examines fertility patterns of post-war labor migrants and their descendants in Germany. It includes an introduction to the post-war migration history of Germany and a thorough review of the international literature on fertility of migrants and cultural sub-groups. The author uses data from the German Socio-economic Panel Study and applies event-history techniques to test a set of competing hypotheses derived from the literature. The analysis finds evidence for the effects of adaptation, socialization and composition, as well as for an interrelation of events. It does not however fin
    Beschreibung / Inhaltsverzeichnis: Fertility of Immigrants; Foreword; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Chapter 1: Introduction; Chapter 2: Theory and Empirical Findings in Previous Investigations; Chapter 3: Empirical Analysis; Chapter 4: Discussion; Chapter 5: Summary; Appendix
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
  • 100
    Online-Ressource
    Online-Ressource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9781402085987
    Sprache: Englisch
    Seiten: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (331 p.))
    Ausgabe: Online-Ausg.
    Serie: EBL-Schweitzer
    Paralleltitel: Druckausg. Communicating science in social contexts
    DDC: 306.45
    RVK:
    Schlagwort(e): Communication in science ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Naturwissenschaften ; Kommunikation ; Gesellschaft
    Kurzfassung: Paradigm Change for Science Communication: Commercial Science Needs a Critical Public; European Trends in Science Communication; Words and Figures of the Public: the Misunderstanding in Scientific Communication; Representation and Deliberation: New Perspectives on Communication Among Actors in Science and Technology Innovation; Medialization of Science as a Prerequisite of Its Legitimization and Political Relevance; On and about the Deficit Model in an Age of Free Flow; Towards an Analytical Framework of Science Communication Models
    Kurzfassung: Before and After Science: Science and Technology in Pop Music, 1970-1990The More, the Earlier, the Better: Science Communication Supports Science Education; Hollywood Knowledge: Communication Between Scientific and Entertainment Cultures; Situating Science in the Social Context by Cross-Sectoral Collaboration; From Science Communication to Knowledge Brokering: the Shift from 'Science Push' to 'Policy Pull'; Science Advocacy: Challenging Task, Difficult Pathways; The Epistemic Jumble of Sustainable Development; In Search of Dialogue: Staging Science Communication in Consensus Conferences
    Kurzfassung: So Where's the Theory? on the Relationship between Science Communication Practice and ResearchFrom Democratization of Knowledge to Bridge Building between Science, Technology and Society; Bringing Science to the Public
    Kurzfassung: Science communication, as a multidisciplinary field, has developed remarkably in recent years. It is now a distinct and exceedingly dynamic science that melds theoretical approaches with practical experience. Formerly well-established theoretical models now seem out of step with the social reality of the sciences, and the previously clear-cut delineations and interacting domains between cultural fields have blurred. Communicating Science in Social Contexts examines that shift, which itself depicts a profound recomposition of knowledge fields, activities and dissemination practices, and the val
    Anmerkung: Description based upon print version of record
    Bibliothek Standort Signatur Band/Heft/Jahr Verfügbarkeit
    BibTip Andere fanden auch interessant ...
Schließen ⊗
Diese Webseite nutzt Cookies und das Analyse-Tool Matomo. Weitere Informationen finden Sie hier...